Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide
Document Organization
Product Version
Getting Help
Contents
MK-91CB500024-11 © 2012-2015 Hitachi, Ltd. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or stored in a database or retrieval system for any purpose without the express written permission of Hitachi, Ltd.
Hitachi, Ltd., reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time without notice and assumes no responsibility for its use. This document contains the most current information available at the time of publication. When new or revised information becomes available, this entire document will be updated and distributed to all registered users.
Some of the features described in this document might not be currently available. Refer to the most recent product announcement for information about feature and product availability, or contact Hitachi Data Systems Corporation at https://portal.hds.com.
Notice: Hitachi, Ltd., products and services can be ordered only under the terms and conditions of the applicable Hitachi Data Systems Corporation agreements. The use of Hitachi, Ltd., products is governed by the terms of your agreements with Hitachi Data Systems Corporation.
Hitachi is a registered trademark of Hitachi, Ltd., in the Rollback ConfigurationUnited States and other countries. Hitachi Data Systems is a registered trademark and service mark of Hitachi, Ltd., in the United States and other countries.
Archivas, Essential NAS Platform, HiCommand, Hi-Track, ShadowImage, Tagmaserve, Tagmasoft, Tagmasolve, Tagmastore, TrueCopy, Universal Star Network, and Universal Storage Platform are registered trademarks of Hitachi Data Systems Corporation.
AIX, AS/400, DB2, Domino, DS6000, DS8000, Enterprise Storage Server, ESCON, FICON, FlashCopy, IBM, Lotus, MVS, OS/390, RS6000, S/390, System z9, System z10, Tivoli, VM/ESA, z/OS, z9, z10, zSeries, z/VM, and z/VSE are registered trademarks or trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
All other trademarks, service marks, and company names in this document or website are properties of their respective owners.
Microsoft product screen shots are reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
ii Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Contents
Preface ...... ix Intended Audience ...... x Product Version ...... x Release Notes ...... x Document Organization ...... x Referenced Documents ...... xi Document Conventions ...... xi Convention for storage capacity values ...... xii Getting Help ...... xiii Comments ...... xiii
1 UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview ...... 1-1 Overview ...... 1-2 Types and roles ...... 1-2 Starting remote console ...... 1-2 UEFI ...... 1-4 Disk array utilities ...... 1-4 PXE boot ...... 1-5 iSCSI ...... 1-5 iSCSI initiator ...... 1-6 iSCSI target ...... 1-6 Fibre channel mezzanine card BIOS ...... 1-6
2 UEFI setup menu ...... 2-1 Configuration of UEFI setup menu ...... 2-2 Key functions for UEFI setup menu ...... 2-3 Starting UEFI setup menu ...... 2-3 UEFI setup menu window ...... 2-3 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H A1/B1) ...... 2-5 System Configuration and Boot Management ...... 2-5 Storage expansion blade settings ...... 2-19 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B2) ...... 2-21 System Configuration and Boot Management ...... 2-21 Storage expansion blade settings ...... 2-37 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B3) ...... 2-39
iii Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide System Configuration and Boot Management ...... 2-39 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520A A1) ...... 2-57 System Configuration and Boot Management ...... 2-57 Storage expansion blade settings ...... 2-71 Disable Software RAID ...... 2-73 UEFI setup menu items (CB 540A A1/B1) ...... 2-74 System Configuration and Boot Management ...... 2-74 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520X) ...... 2-89 System Configuration and Boot Management ...... 2-89 Software license information ...... 2-107
3 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 ...... 3-1 Configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 3-2 Operation for MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 3-2 Starting MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 3-4 Window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 3-7 Menu configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 3-8 Main menu ...... 3-9 Switching display modes ...... 3-23 Building disk arrays ...... 3-24 Building disk arrays ...... 3-25 BIOS settings: enabled or disabled ...... 3-50 Exiting MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 3-54 Disk with foreign configuration ...... 3-56 Status ...... 3-58 Status of the disk array ...... 3-58 Status of the disk ...... 3-58 BIOS messages ...... 3-58
4 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades ...... 4-1 Configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 4-2 Operation for MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 4-2 Starting MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 4-4 Window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 4-9 Menu configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 4-10 Main menu ...... 4-10 Switching display modes ...... 4-26 Building disk arrays ...... 4-27 Building disk arrays ...... 4-28 Changing the Write Policy for Disk Arrays ...... 4-77 BIOS settings: enabled or disabled ...... 4-83 Exiting MegaRAID WebBIOS ...... 4-87 Disk with foreign configuration ...... 4-89 Status ...... 4-91 Status of the disk array ...... 4-91 Status of the disk ...... 4-91 BIOS messages ...... 4-91
5 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility ...... 5-1 Flowchart of the utility ...... 5-3
iv Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Key operation for the utility ...... 5-4 Handling error messages at the system boot ...... 5-4 Procedure for handling error messages ...... 5-4 Starting the utility ...... 5-7 Viewing and setting information about the utility ...... 5-9 Window configuration of the utility ...... 5-9 Main Menu ...... 5-9 Disk array controller settings ...... 5-21 Creating virtual drives ...... 5-25 Creating RAID 0 or RAID 1 virtual drives ...... 5-25 Initializing virtual drives ...... 5-34 Slow initialization ...... 5-34 Deleting virtual drives ...... 5-37 To delete all virtual drives ...... 5-37 To delete virtual drives respectively ...... 5-38 Consistency check on virtual drives ...... 5-40 Assigning Hotspare ...... 5-40 Unassigning Hotspare ...... 5-43 Rebuilding virtual drives ...... 5-45 Displaying error messages at the system boot ...... 5-45 Ending the utility ...... 5-46 Drive with foreign configuration ...... 5-47 Importing the configuration information ...... 5-49 Clearing the configuration information ...... 5-50 Status ...... 5-52 Status of the virtual drive ...... 5-52 Status of the physical drive ...... 5-52 Error messages at the system boot ...... 5-52
6 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays ...... 6-1 Flowchart of the utility ...... 6-3 Key operation for the utility ...... 6-3 Starting the utility ...... 6-4 Window configuration of the utility ...... 6-5 Configuration Options: configuraion options menu ...... 6-5 Controller Management: disk array controller management menu ...... 6-6 Virtual Drive Management: virtual drive management menu ...... 6-6 Drive Management: physical drive management menu ...... 6-7 Viewing and setting information about the utility ...... 6-8 View Controller Information: disk array controller information view ...... 6-8 Change Controller Properties: disk array controller settings ...... 6-9 Manage Virtual Drive Properties: virtual drive information view ...... 6-9 View Drive Properties: physical drive information view ...... 6-12 Ending the utility ...... 6-15 Virtual drive configuration ...... 6-16 To create RAID 1 ...... 6-16 RAID 0: To create single physical drive configuration ...... 6-20 Initializing virtual drives ...... 6-25 Fast initialization procedure ...... 6-26 Full initialization procedure ...... 6-31 Deleting virtual drives ...... 6-38 To delete all virtual drives ...... 6-38
v Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide To delete virtual drives respectively ...... 6-38 Changing boot priority in virtual drives ...... 6-40 Consistency check on virtual drives ...... 6-42 Rebuilding virtual drives ...... 6-43 Setting virtual drives ...... 6-53 Virtual drive setting with Windows OS ...... 6-53 Virtual drive setting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 ...... 6-54 Virtual drive setting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 ...... 6-55 Status ...... 6-56 Virtual drive status ...... 6-56 Physical drive status ...... 6-56
7 SAS configuration utility ...... 7-1 Configuration of SAS configuration utility ...... 7-2 Key operation for SAS configuration utility ...... 7-2 Starting SAS configuration utility ...... 7-2 Window configuration of SAS configuration utility ...... 7-4 Main menu ...... 7-5 Basic information ...... 7-6 SAS topology ...... 7-9 RAID properties ...... 7-15 Exiting SAS configuration utility ...... 7-31
8 BIOS settings for PXE boot ...... 8-1 Requirements for PXE boot ...... 8-2 PXE boot settings ...... 8-2 Emulex PXE BIOS settings ...... 8-3 Boot Order settings using UEFI menu ...... 8-4
9 iSCSI settings ...... 9-1 iSCSI settings flow chart ...... 9-2 Personality settings ...... 9-2 Starting PXESelect Utility ...... 9-2 Personality setting ...... 9-3 iSCSI Initiator settings ...... 9-5 Starting iSCSISelect Utility ...... 9-5 iSCSI Initiator name setting ...... 9-6 iSCSI Controller setting ...... 9-7 Network address setting ...... 9-8 iSCSI Target settings ...... 9-9 Boot device setting ...... 9-9 Data device setting ...... 9-12 Disconnecting iSCSI Target ...... 9-14 Disconnecting boot device ...... 9-14 Disconnecting data device ...... 9-16
10 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) ...... 10-1 Setting Personality ...... 10-2 Setting procedure of Personality ...... 10-2 Connecting to FCoE device for booting ...... 10-3
vi Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Setting for FCoE boot (FCoE BIOS) ...... 10-3 Canceling procedure of FCoE boot setting (FCoE BIOS) ...... 10-9
vii Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide viii Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Preface
This document describes how to use the Compute Blade 500 series. Notice: The use of Compute Blade 500 series and all other Hitachi Data Systems products is governed by the terms of your agreement(s) with Hitachi Data Systems. This preface includes the following information:
□ Intended Audience
□ Product Version
□ Release Notes
□ Document Organization
□ Referenced Documents
□ Document Conventions
□ Convention for storage capacity values
□ Getting Help
□ Comments
Preface ix Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Intended Audience
This document is intended for the personnel who are involved in planning, managing, and performing the tasks to prepare your site for Compute Blade installation and to install the same. This document assumes the following: • The reader has a background in hardware installation of computer systems. • The reader is familiar with the location where the Compute Blade will be installed, including knowledge of physical characteristics, power systems and specifications, and environmental specifications.
Product Version
This document revision applies to management module firmware A0240.
Release Notes
Read the release notes before installing and using this product. They may contain requirements or restrictions that are not fully described in this document or updates or corrections to this document.
Document Organization
The table below provides an overview of the contents and organization of this document. Click the chapter title in the left column to go to that chapter. The first page of each chapter provides links to the sections in that chapter.
Chapter Description
Chapter 1, UEFI and BIOS Describes the UEFI, disk array utilities, and Fibre Configuration Overview Channel mezzanine card BIOS configuration overview.
Chapter 2, UEFI setup menu Describes UEFI setup menu items.
Chapter 3, MegaRAID WebBIOS for Describes the functionality of MegaRAID WebBIOS LSI SAS 2008 for LSI SAS 2008.
Chapter 4, MegaRAID WebBIOS for Describes the functionality of MegaRAID WebBIOS storage expansion blades for storage expansion blades.
Chapter 5, SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Describes logical drive configuration of internal Configuration Utility drives using SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility.
Chapter 6, LSI Software RAID Describes logical drive configuration of internal Configuration Utility for disk arrays drives using LSI Software RAID Configuraiton Utility.
Chapter 7, SAS configuration utility Describes disk array configuration of disks in server blade with SAS configuration utility. "LSI
x Preface Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Chapter Description Corp Config Utility" is described as "SAS Configuration Utility" in this manual.
Chapter 8, BIOS settings for PXE Describes BIOS settings for PXE boot. boot
Chapter 9, iSCSI settings Describes iSCSI settings.
Chapter 10, Fibre channel over Describes fibre channel over Ethernet, hereinafter Ethernet (FCoE) referred to as FCoE.
Referenced Documents
• MegaRAID Storage Manager Version 8.31-01 Instruction Manual, MK-99COM085 • MegaRAID Storage Manager Version 11.08.03-02 Instruction Manual, MK-99COM030 These two doscuments above are described as MegaRAID Storage Manager Version xxx Instruction Manual in the body of this document. • Hitachi Compute Blade Series Hitachi Compute Rack Series OS Installation Guide for Windows Server, MK-99COM076 • Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series OS Installation Guide for Red Hat Enterprise Linux, MK-99COM141 These two doscuments above are described as OS Installation Guide for (OS name) in the body of this document. • OneCommandManager Guide, MK-91CB500031 • Server installation and monitoring tool User's Guide - internal storage monitoring functions • Hitachi Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter USER'S GUIDE (BIOS/EFI Edition), MK-99COM009 • Hitachi Compute Blade Emulex Adapter User's Guide for Hardware, MK-99COM104
Document Conventions
This term "Compute Blade" refers to all the models of the Compute Blade, unless otherwise noted. The Hitachi Virtualization Manager (HVM) name has been changed to Hitachi logical partitioning manager (LPAR manager, or LP). If you are using HVM based logical partitioning feature, substitute references to Hitachi logical partitioning manager (LPAR manager, or LP) with HVM. This document uses the following typographic conventions:
Preface xi Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Convention Description
Regular text bold In text: keyboard key, parameter name, property name, hardware labels, hardware button, hardware switch. In a procedure: user interface item
Italic Variable, emphasis, reference to document title, called-out term
Screen text Command name and option, drive name, file name, folder name, directory name, code, file content, system and application output, user input
< > (angled brackets) Variable (used when italic is not enough to identify variable).
[ ] (square bracket) Optional values
{ } braces Required or expected value
| vertical bar Choice between two or more options or arguments
This document uses the following icons to draw attention to information:
Icon Meaning Description
WARNING This indicates the presence of a potential risk that might cause death or severe injury.
CAUTION This indicates the presence of a potential risk that might cause relatively mild or moderate injury.
NOTICE This indicates the presence of a potential risk that might cause severe damage to the equipment and/or damage to surrounding properties.
Note This indicates notes not directly related to injury or severe damage to equipment.
Tip This indicates advice on how to make the best use of the equipment.
Convention for storage capacity values
Physical storage capacity values (for example, disk drive capacity) are calculated based on the following values:
Physical capacity unit Value
1 kilobyte (KB) 1,000 (103) bytes
1 megabyte (MB) 1,000 KB or 1,0002 bytes
1 gigabyte (GB) 1,000 MB or 1,0003 bytes
1 terabyte (TB) 1,000 GB or 1,0004 bytes
1 petabyte (PB) 1,000 TB or 1,0005 bytes
xii Preface Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Physical capacity unit Value
1 exabyte (EB) 1,000 PB or 1,0006 bytes
Logical storage capacity values (for example, logical device capacity) are calculated based on the following values:
Logical capacity unit Value
1 block 512 bytes
1 KB 1,024 (210) bytes
1 MB 1,024 KB or 1,0242 bytes
1 GB 1,024 MB or 1,0243 bytes
1 TB 1,024 GB or 1,0244 bytes
1 PB 1,024 TB or 1,0245 bytes
1 EB 1,024 PB or 1,0246 bytes
Getting Help
The Hitachi Data Systems customer support staff is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. If you need technical support, log on to the Hitachi Data Systems Portal for contact information: https://portal.hds.com.
Comments
Please send us your comments on this document: [email protected]. Include the document title and number including the revision level (for example, -07), and refer to specific sections and paragraphs whenever possible. All comments become the property of Hitachi Data Systems Corporation. Thank you!
Preface xiii Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide xiv Preface Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 1
UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview
This chapter describes the UEFI, disk array utilities, and Fibre Channel mezzanine card BIOS configuration overview.
□ Overview
□ UEFI
□ Disk array utilities
□ PXE boot
□ iSCSI
□ Fibre channel mezzanine card BIOS
UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview 1-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Overview
This section describes UEFI and BIOS related to server blades.
Types and roles The following table shows three types of UEFI and BIOS for server blades.
Table 1-1 Types
Types Roles
UEFI Performs settings of processors, DIMMs, OS boot path, and (Unified Extensible onboard devices [enable/disable] in the server blade using UEFI Firmware Interface) setup menus of UEFI. For the details, see UEFI on page 1-4.
Disk array utilities Performs settings of HDDs/SSDs and RAID in the server blade using setup menus of utilities. For the details, see Disk array utilities on page 1-4.
Emulex PXE BIOS Performs settings of controller in the server blade for using OS from PXE boot or iSCSI boot. Using setup menus of BIOS for settings. For the details, see PXE boot on page 1-5.
iSCSISELECT Performs settings of controller in the server blade for using OS utilities from iSCSI boot. Using setup menus of utility for settings. For the details, see iSCSI on page 1-5.
Fibre Channel Performs settings of mezzanine cards in the server blade using a mezzanine card setup menu of mezzanine card BIOS. For the details, see Fibre BIOS channel mezzanine card BIOS on page 1-6.
Starting remote console To start a remote console. Perform following procedure for starting the remote console.
1. Start a new web browser from the system console.
2. Enter the URL of management module web console (enter "https:// 192.168.0.1/" when factory default setting) into the address field box of the browser.
1-2 UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 1-2 Factory default account settings for the system administrator
Item Factory default
IP address of management module 192.168.0.1
URL of Web console https://192.168.0.1
Tip: • The above URL indicates the default IP address of management module, and port number is not entered since using default number. If you changed the IP address of management module, and the port number of web console, enter the corresponding URL for your environment. • The URL is configured in the following form: http://< IP address>:< port number> or https://< IP address>:< port number> • The default port number: – http: 80 – https: 443
3. Login the Web console of the management module.
4. The following table describes the factory default account settings for the system administrator.
Table 1-3 Factory default account settings for the system administrator
Item Factory default
User ID administrator
Password password
5. Click the Resources tab > the target server blade from the menu tree.Click the Condition tab > Start Remote Console from the Server blade Action pull down menu.
UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview 1-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The remote console window is displayed.
Tip: • When starting the remote console, a warning message may be displayed. For detaills, see Remote Console User's Guide. • When the type of server blade is CB 520H A1/B1 with BMC of before 01-27, the login screen of Web console is displayed. For details, see Remote Console User's Guide.
7. The system console can be connected the server blade for starting the remote console. And then start setup menus of UEFI, disk array utilities, Emulex PXE BIOS, iSCSISELECT utilities, and mezzanine card BIOS utilities after starting the remote console.
UEFI
UEFI (Unified EFI) is the Firmware for a server blade. You can use a server blade as default setting. To change the boot order or other settings, see Chapter 2, UEFI setup menu.
Disk array utilities
One of the three utilities is used depending on the model or RAID controller. Utilities include Software RAID BIOS (SWR BIOS), Integrated RAID, and MegaRAID WebBIOS. Find a utility for your model and disk array controller in the following table, and set the disk array referring to the specified chapter.
1-4 UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 1-4 Disk array utilities
Disk array utilities Integrated RAID MegaRAID WebBIOS Model LSI LSI LSI SWR LSI SAS2004 LSI SAS2008 SAS2208 BIOS SAS2004 (Daughter SAS3004 (expansion (PCI (onboard) card) card) card)
CB 520H N/A1 N/A1 Chapter 7 N/A1 Chapter 3 N/A1 A1/B1 CB520H B2
CB520H N/A1 N/A1 N/A1 Chapter 5 N/A1 N/A1 B3
CB 520A Chapter Chapter 7 N/A1 N/A1 Chapter 3 N/A1 6
CB 520X N/A1 N/A1 N/A1 Chapter 5 N/A1 N/A1
CB 540A N/A1 N/A1 Chapter 7 N/A1 Chapter 3 N/A1
Storage N/A1 N/A1 N/A1 N/A1 N/A1 Chapter 4 expansion blade
Note:
1. Not applicable
PXE boot
Preboot eXecution Environment (PXE) boot is the function that loads the image of OS or installer through network. Performs the setting of Boot Order in Emulex PXE BIOS or UEFI menus for using PXE boot. For the details, see Chapter 8, BIOS settings for PXE boot. iSCSI
The iSCSI protocol defines the rules and processes for the iSCSI command send and receive through TCP/IP network while storages communicate with server blades. The iSCSI protocol needs to have both initiator and target as a pair. Server blades need to have the iSCSI initiator to access directly to the iSCSI target which storages have.
UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview 1-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide iSCSI initiator The iSCSI initiator requires read/write transaction with iSCSI commands to storage devices connected by the iSCSI protocol. This transaction is generally done through network interface cards (NICs) on servers. There are two types of iSCSI initiator; one is software initiator which uses the initiator function of operating system and the other is hardware initiator which uses the initiator function of Host Bus Adaptor (HBA). iSCSI target The iSCSI target sends the data to the iSCSI initiator by controlling the physical or logical volume of disks or RAID. Server blades recognise the external storage devices, which is connected through LAN physically, as local SCSI data/boot devices by connecting through iSCSI protocol. • iSCSI Data devices Dedicated data area for server blades is available on the external storage devices. See Data device setting on page 9-12 for details. • iSCSI Boot devices OS boot from the device on the external storage devices is available. See Boot device setting on page 9-9 for details. Emulex PXE BIOS and iSCSISELECT Utility is used for iSCSI settings. For details, see Chapter 9, iSCSI settings.
Fibre channel mezzanine card BIOS
Fibre channel mezzanine card BIOS is for a fibre channel mezzanine card connecting to an external storage device through a fibre channel switch module. The fibre channel mezzanine card is installed in a server blade. For more details about the specifications and restrictions, see the manual attached to the fibre channel mezzanine card.
1-6 UEFI and BIOS Configuration Overview Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2
UEFI setup menu
This chapter describes UEFI setup menu items.
□ Configuration of UEFI setup menu
□ Key functions for UEFI setup menu
□ Starting UEFI setup menu
□ UEFI setup menu window
□ UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H A1/B1)
□ UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B2)
□ UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B3)
□ UEFI setup menu items (CB 520A A1)
□ UEFI setup menu items (CB 540A A1/B1)
□ UEFI setup menu items (CB 520X)
□ Software license information
UEFI setup menu 2-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Configuration of UEFI setup menu
This section describes the UEFI setup menu items. See the following chart.
Figure 2-1 UEFI setup menu
2-2 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Key functions for UEFI setup menu
The following table describes key functions in the UEFI setup menu.
Table 2-1 Key functions
Keys Description
[↑], [↓], [←], [→] Moves the cursor up, down, left, and right in the menu.
[Enter] Displays the submenu. Performs the command.
[Esc] Exits the submenu. Moves to the exit window.
[Space] Checks the check box.
[+], [-] Increases or decreases the setting value.
Note: You can only operate key functions for UEFI setup menu.
Starting UEFI setup menu
To start up the UEFI setup menu, follow the steps showing below.
1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on a server blade.
2. When
Tip: The following window appears when EFI firmware has started from the Secondary EFI ROM due to a Primary failure. On this window, press F1 key to start the setup menu as well.
3. The setup menu is booted and System Configuration and Boot Management window will be displayed.
Tip: When the OS has started before pressing the key, shut down the OS and restart the server blade. To shut down the OS, refer to the documents attached to your OS.
UEFI setup menu window
When the UEFI setup menu starts, the following System Configuration and Boot Management window is displayed.
UEFI setup menu 2-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The numbers besides the each text box showing above are corresponded to the following items.
1. Menu A current menu or submenu item is displayed.
2. Menu items Set values for each setup item. Select the setup and press Enter to display its submenu or execute action.
Tip: UEFI setup menu window look different depending on the server blade model. See following UEFI setup menus appropriate for your server blade.
Model Reference
CB 520H A1/B1 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H A1/B1) on page 2-5
CB 520H B2 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B2) on page 2-21
CB 520H B3 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B3) on page 2-39
CB 520A A1 UEFI setup menu items (CB 520A A1) on page 2-57
CB 540A A1/B1 UEFI setup menu items (CB 540A A1/B1) on page 2-74
CB 520X UEFI setup menu items (CB 520X) on page 2-89
3. Help Automatically displays the help information on the selected setup item.
4. Key guidance
2-4 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Indicate the key functions.
UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H A1/B1)
This section describes UEFI setup menu items for CB 520H A1/B1.
System Configuration and Boot Management Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-2 System Configuration and Boot Management menu items
Menu items Description
System Information Displays the basic system information, which cannot be changed.
System Settings Displays the system settings.
Data and Time Sets the local date and time of the system.
Start Options Executes boot from a device selected on Boot Option, Primary Boot Sequence, Boot Manager.
Boot Manager Displays the boot priority order; adds, deletes a boot device; changes the boot order; sets boot from a file, one-time boot; or resets the system.
System Event Logs Displays the system event logs display menu.
User Security Sets/changes power-on and administrative passwords.
Save Settings Saves the new settings.
Restore Settings Discards any changes you made and restore to the original settings.
Load Default Settings Returns settings to the default values.
Exit Setup Exits the Setup menu.
System Information Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-3 System Information menu items
Menu items Description
System Summary Displays the basic system information. See System Summary Sub menu on page 2-6 for the details.
Product Data Displays the product data.
UEFI setup menu 2-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description See Product Data Sub menu on page 2-6 for the details.
System Summary Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-4 System Summary menu items
Menu items Description
Processor
Installed CPU packages Displays the number of installed processor packages.
Processor Speed Displays the processor speed.
QPI Link Speed Displays the QPI link speed.
Chipset Model Displays the detailed informnation of the chipset with the server blade firmware version 01-95 or later.
Processor Details Displays summary of the installed processors.
Memory
Memory Mode Displays the memory mode.
Memory Speed Displays the installed memory speed.
Total Memory Size Displays the total installed memory size.
Memory Voltage Displays the memory operating voltage.
Product Data Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-5 Product Data menu items
Menu items Description
Host Firmware
Build ID Displays the UEFI build ID number.
Version Displays the UEFI version.
Build Date Displays the UEFI build date.
System Settings Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
2-6 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Do not change the settings of the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Adapters and UEFI Drivers • Devices and I/O Ports • Operating Modes • Legacy Support • Storage • Network However, when 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card is installed in the mezzanine card slot 4 of storage expansion blade, change the Devices and I/O Ports configuration. For details, see Storage expansion blade settings on page 2-19. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-6 System Settings menu items
Menu items Description
Adaptors and UEFI Displays information about adapters and UEFI drivers on the Drivers server blade.
Processors Displays and provides option to change the processor settings. See Processors sub menu on page 2-7.
Memory Displays and provides option to change the memory settings. See Memory sub menu on page 2-9.
Devices and I/O Ports Displays devices and I/O port options of settings. See Device and I/O Ports sub menu on page 2-26.
Operating Modes Selects the operating mode desired based on your preference.
Legacy Support Selects the legacy support.
System Security Selects the TPM setup options. See System Security sub menu on page 2-10.
RAS Configuration Sets RAS configuration. See RAS Configuration sub menu on page 2-11.
Storage Selects this option to see all the Storage Device options.
Network Selects the Network setup options
Processors sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-7 Processors menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Turbo Mode • Disable Sets a CPU Turbo Mode, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot. Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Processor • Disable Sets CPU EIST, which is enabled after Performance States • [Enable] the reboot.
C-States • Disable Sets a CPU power saving mode, which • [Enable] is enabled after the reboot.
Package ACPI C-State • ACPI C2 Sets a C-State upper limit during the Limit • [ACPI C3] CPU idle mode.
C1 Enhanced Mode • Disable Sets CPU Enhanced C1E State, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot.
Hyper-Threading • Disable Sets CPU Hyper Threading. • [Enable] Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Execute Disable Bit • Disable With "Disable", the response is always • [Enable] "0" for XD feature flag.
Intel Virtualization • Disable Sets Vanderpool Technology, which is Technology • [Enable] Intel's new virtualization technology.
Hardware Prefetcher • Disable Sets Hardware Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Adjacent Cache • Disable Sets Adjacent Cache Prefetch. Prefetch • [Enable]
DCU Streamer • Disable Sets DCU Streamer Prefetcher. Prefetcher • [Enable]
DCU IP Prefetcher • Disable Sets DCU IP Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Cores in CPU Package • [All] Sets the number of running cores in the • 1-7 CPU package. Not shown with the server blade firmware version 01-59 or later.
QPI Link Frequency • Minimal Power Sets the number of clock frequencies in • Balanced Quick Path Interconnect (QPI) Link. • [Max Performance]
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
2-8 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Memory sub menu Select the item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-8 Memory menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Memory Details - Displays the status of each system memory. See System Memory Details on page 2-9.
Total Memory Size - Displays the total memory size.
Memory Voltage - Displays the memory operating voltage.
Memory Mode • [Independent] Selects a memory operating mode. • Mirroring • Sparing
Memory Speed • Force DDR3 800 Sets the memory clock frequency. • Force DDR3 1333 • [Force DDR3 1600]
Memory Power • Disable Sets Memory Power Management. Management • [Automatic]
Socket Interleave • Non-NUMA Sets a type of Memory Interleave. • [NUMA]
Patrol Scrub • Disable Sets the patrol scrubbing which • [Enable] proactively searches the memory to repair correctable errors.
Memory Data • Disable Sets the memory data scrambling. Scrambling • [Enable]
Page Policy • Closed Sets the memory page policy. • Open • [Adaptive]
Rank Margining Test • [Disable] Sets the memory rank margin test. • Enable
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Memory Details Select a processor and press Enter. Then, details of memory connected to the processor.
UEFI setup menu 2-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: EMPTY: DIMM is not installed in the DIMM slot. Present, Enabled: DIMM is available.
System Security sub menu Select an item to display or set on Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2), and press Enter.
Tip: • Configure the following items when using TXT function. – TPM Device: Enable – TPM State: Activate – TXT State: Enable • When using TXT function on Vmware, exeucte the following command at boot. #bootOption -o The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-9 System Security sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM Status
TPM Physical Presence - Displays the status of TPM Physical Presence.
TPM Device State - Displays TPM Device State.
2-10 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM TXT Status - Displays TPM Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) Status.
MOR Status - Displays MOR (memory overwrite request) status. This item is displayed with the server blade firmware version 01-59 or later.
Refresh TPM Status - Refreshes the display of TPM status.
TPM Settings
TPM Device • [Disable] Enables or disables TPM Device. • Enable
TPM State • [Deactivate] Performs TPM Activation. • Activate This item is only displayed when TPM Device is Enable.
TXT State • [Disable] Enables or disables TXT. • Enable
MOR State • [Disable] Enable or Disable MOR (memory overwrite • Enable request). This item is displayed with the server blade firmware version 01-59 or later.
TPM Force Clear - Deletes the TPM data.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
TPM device settings Enable the status of Trusted Platform Module (TPM) device. Use the following procedure for enabling the TPM Device.
1. Confirm that "TPM Physical Presence" value is
2. Select
3. "Operation success, require reboot to take effect." is displayed.
4. "TPM State" menu is added in the System Security sub menu when "TPM Device" value is
5. Select
6. "Operation success, require reboot to take effect." is displayed. TPM is activated after rebooting the server blade.
RAS Configuration sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-10 RAS Configuration menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Deconfigured Mode • [Enable] Enable or Disable CPU and DIMM Deconfigured Mode. • Disable
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Date and Time Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-11 Data and Time menu items
Menu items Selection Description
System Date Increases or decreases the Sets the local date of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] date as mm/dd/yyyy. keys.
System Time Increases or decreases the Sets the local time of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] time as hh:mm:ss in the form of 24 hours. keys.
Start Options Select an item to boot, and press Enter. Place the cursor on a device to boot, and press Enter. The selected device will be booted first. The items to be displayed may be different depending on the setting of Boot Manager. For the details, see Boot Manager on page 2-12.
Note: When you boot from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode. To boot in Legacy mode, follow the procedure described in Boot From Device sub menu on page 2-16.
Boot Manager Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
2-12 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-12 Boot Manager menu items
Menu items Description
Primary Boot Sequence
Add Boot Option Adds a device or file system to the boot option. See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-13.
Delete Boot Option Deletes a device or file system from the boot option, which is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-14.
Change Boot Order Changes boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-15.
Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence
Add WOL Boot Adds a device or file system to the WOL boot option. Option See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-13.
Delete WOL Boot Deletes a device or file system from the WOL boot option, which is Option enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-14.
Change WOL Boot Change the WOL boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. Order See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-15.
Boot Other
Boot From File Boots up from a file that you specify.
Boot From Device Boots up from a device that you specify. See Boot From Device sub menu on page 2- 16 for details.
UEFI Shell Boots UEFI Shell.
Select Next One- Tries to boot from a specific target only on the next boot. Time Boot
System
Boot Modes Displays a window to change boot modes. See Boot Modes sub menu on page 2-17 for details.
Reset System Restart the system.
Tip: If the OS image cannot be found through the boot device or PXE server, the server blade may reboot again and again. Confirm the connection of boot device or PXE server in this case.
Add Boot Option sub menu Select Generic Boot Option, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-13 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: You can only add Standard Boot Options. Do not add Advanced Boot Options.
Tip: You can add new WOL Boot Option to the Add WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Select item to add, and press Enter.
Note: If you select unnecessary items, it may lead to some troubles including longer boot time.
Tip: To return to the Boot Manager, highlight the target item, and then press Enter and Esc twice.
Delete Boot Option sub menu Select the check box of the item to delete, and press Enter. And Select a Commit Changes and press Enter.
2-14 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: • If you delete boot options in a poor attempt, trouble may occur such as boot failure. • Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 520H A1/B1, we guarantee OS boot only in Legacy mode. Thus, do not delete Legacy Only.
Tip: You can delete WOL Boot Option in Delete WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Change Boot Order sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-15 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can change WOL Boot Order in Change WOL Boot Order menu in the same way.
The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-13 Change Boot Order menu items
Menu items Description
Change the Displays bootable devices currently available in the boot attempt order order. To change orders, select and highlight a device with up/down cursor keys, change the order with [+]/[-] keys, and press Enter.
Commit Changes Commits changes. You need to save the new settings before exiting from the setup menu
Note: Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 520H A1/B1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, place Legacy Only at the top of the Boot Order.
Boot From Device sub menu Select a device to boot, and press Enter. Check Legacy Only to start booting in Legacy mode from the selected device.
2-16 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: When booting from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, check Legacy Only. If not, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode.
Boot Modes sub menu Select an item to set, and press Enter.
Note: For CB 520H A1/B1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, do not change the following item. • System Boot Mode • Driver Health Check The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to set, and press Enter.
Table 2-14 Boot Modes sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Boot • [UEFI and Sets which Boot Manager uses to boot, UEFI Mode Legacy] Driver or Option ROM. • UEFI Only UEFI Only: Uses UEFI Driver. Select this for • Legacy Only OS boot in UEFI mode. Legacy Only: Uses Option ROM, not UEFI Driver. Select this for OS boot in Leagacy mode.
UEFI setup menu 2-17 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description UEFI and Legacy: Attempts to boot in UEFI mode first. If the first attemt fails, the second is performed in Legacy mode.
Optimized Boot • [Enable] Sets Optimized Boot where minimum drivers • Disable are loaded to optimize the boot time.
Quiet Boot • [Enable] Sets Quiet Boot where the sytem summary • Disable view is prevented.
Driver Health • [All] Sets a range for Driver Health Check. Check • Onboard Only • None
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Event Logs The System Event Logs of server blade are displayed.
User Security Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-15 User Security menu items
Menu items Description
Set Power-On Password Sets a power-on password.
Clear Power-On Password Deletes a power-on password.
Set Admin Password Sets an administrator password.
Clear Admin Password Deletes an administrator password.
Note: • Once a password is set, you need to enter the password when completing the system boot or accessing Configuration/Setup menu. With configuratrion of N+M, HA, or automatic bootup of OS, do not set a password. If you do, password authentication interferes with switching systems at failover; password authentication function interferes the server blade startup. Thus, those processes cannot be completed properly. • A password must consist of 6 up to 20 any ASCII printable characters.
2-18 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Save Settings Select Save Settings and press Enter to save the new settings.
Restore Settings Select Restore Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the previous settings.
Load Default Settings Select Load Default Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the factory default settings.
Exit Setup Select Exit Setup and press Enter to exit from the setup menu. When the dialog to select either you want to exit setup menu or return to setup utility appeared, press Y to exit the setup menu.
Tip: If you have unsaved changes,
Storage expansion blade settings When installing 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card in the mezzanine card slot 4 of a storage expansion blade, follow the steps shown below.
Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support Follow steps below to disable OPROM for the mezzanine card slot 4.
1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on the server blade with storage expanstion blade.
2. Press F1 key while "
3. Select System Settings, and press Enter.
4. Select Devices and I/O Ports, and press Enter.
5. Select Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-19 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. To disable I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2, select I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2 under Enable/Disable Legacy Option ROM(s) and press Enter. When
7. Select
8. Confirm that I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2 is
9. Press ESC key three times to get back to System Configuration and Boot Management. Select Save Settigs and press Enter.
10. Select Exit Setup, and press Enter.
11. Press Y key to exit Setup Utility.
2-20 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Storage expantion blade settings is completed.
UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B2)
This section describes UEFI setup menu items for CB 520H B2.
System Configuration and Boot Management Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-16 System Configuration and Boot Management menu items
Menu items Description
System Information Displays the basic system information, which cannot be changed.
System Settings Displays the system settings.
Data and Time Sets the local date and time of the system.
Start Options Executes boot from a device selected on Boot Option, Primary Boot Sequence, Boot Manager.
Boot Manager Displays the boot priority order; adds, deletes a boot device; changes the boot order; sets boot from a file, one-time boot; or resets the system.
System Event Logs Displays the system event logs display menu.
User Security Sets/changes power-on and administrative passwords.
Save Settings Saves the new settings.
Restore Settings Discards any changes you made and restore to the original settings.
Load Default Settings Returns settings to the default values.
Exit Setup Exits the Setup menu.
System Information Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-21 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-17 System Information menu items
Menu items Description
System Summary Displays the basic system information. See System Summary Sub menu on page 2- 22 for the details.
Product Data Displays the product data. See Product Data Sub menu on page 2- 22 for the details.
System Summary Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-18 System Summary menu items
Menu items Description
Processor
Installed CPU packages Displays the number of installed processor packages.
Processor Speed Displays the processor speed.
QPI Link Speed Displays the QPI link speed.
Chipset Model Displays the detailed informnation of the chipset with the server blade firmware version 04-30 or later.
Processor Details Displays summary of the installed processors.
Memory
Memory Mode Displays the memory mode.
Memory Speed Displays the installed memory speed.
Total Memory Size Displays the total installed memory size.
Memory Voltage Displays the memory operating voltage.
Product Data Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-19 Product Data menu items
Menu items Description
Host Firmware
Build ID Displays the UEFI build ID number.
Version Displays the UEFI version.
2-22 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Build Date Displays the UEFI build date.
System Settings Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Adapters and UEFI Drivers • Operating Modes • Legacy Support • Recovery • Storage • Network • Driver Health The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-20 System Settings menu items
Menu items Description
Adaptors and UEFI Displays information about adapters and UEFI drivers on the Drivers server blade.
Processors Displays and provides option to change the processor settings. See Processors sub menu on page 2-24.
Memory Displays and provides option to change the memory settings. See Memory sub menu on page 2-25.
Devices and I/O Ports Displays devices and I/O port options of settings. See Device and I/O Ports sub menu on page 2-26.
Operating Modes Selects the operating mode desired based on your preference.
Legacy Support Selects the legacy support.
System Security Selects the TPM setup options. See System Security sub menu on page 2-28.
RAS Configuration Sets RAS configuration. See RAS Configuration sub menu on page 2-29.
Recovery Specifies an option for recovery.
Storage Selects this option to see all the Storage Device options.
Network Selects the Network setup options
Driver Health Displays status for drivers and controllers.
UEFI setup menu 2-23 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Processors sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. You can scroll the window using the up arrow in red on the left top or the down arrow in red on the bottom left if they are shown on the window.
Note: Keep the default value: Disable for C-States and C1 Enhanced Mode. Do not change them.
Table 2-21 Processors menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Turbo Mode • Disable Sets a CPU Turbo Mode, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot. Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Processor • Disable Sets CPU EIST, which is enabled after Performance States • [Enable] the reboot.
C-States • [Disable] Sets a CPU power saving mode, which is • Enable enabled after the reboot.
Package ACPI C-State • ACPI C2 Sets a C-State upper limit in the CPU Limit • [ACPI C3] idle mode. Not displayed when C-States is disabled.
C1 Enhanced Mode • [Disable] Sets CPU Enhanced C1E State, which is • Enable enabled after the reboot.
Hyper-Threading • Disable Sets CPU Hyper Threading. • [Enable] Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Execute Disable Bit • Disable With "Disable", the response is always • [Enable] "0" for XD feature flag.
Intel Virtualization • Disable Sets Vanderpool Technology, which is Technology • [Enable] Intel's new virtualization technology.
Hardware Prefetcher • Disable Sets Hardware Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Adjacent Cache • Disable Sets Adjacent Cache Prefetch. Prefetch • [Enable]
DCU Streamer • Disable Sets DCU Streamer Prefetcher. Prefetcher • [Enable]
DCU IP Prefetcher • Disable Sets DCU IP Prefetcher.
2-24 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description • [Enable]
Direct Cache Access • Enable Sets that the I/O device can transfer • [Disable] data directly to CPU cache.
QPI Link Frequency • Minimal Power Sets the number of clock frequencies in • Balanced Quick Path Interconnect (QPI) Link. • [Max Performance]
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Memory sub menu Select the item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-22 Memory menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Memory - Displays the status of each system Details memory. See System Memory Details on page 2-26.
Total Memory Size - Displays the total memory size.
Memory Voltage - Displays the memory operating voltage.
Memory Mode • [Independent] Selects a memory operating mode. • Mirroring • Sparing
Memory Speed • [Auto] Sets a maximum value on memory clock • Force DDR3 800 frequency. • Force DDR3 1066 • Force DDR3 1333 • Force DDR3 1600 • Force DDR3 1866
Memory Power • [Disable] Sets Memory Power Management. Management • Automatic
Patrol Scrub • Disable Sets the patrol scrubbing which • [Enable] proactively searches the memory to repair correctable errors. This item is not shown with the server blade firmware version 04-15 or later.
UEFI setup menu 2-25 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
Memory Data • Disable Sets the memory data scrambling. Scrambling • [Enable] This item is not shown with the server blade firmware version 04-35 or later.
Page Policy • Closed Sets the memory page policy. • Open • [Adaptive]
Memory Refresh • [1x] Sets Memory Refresh. • 2x This item is not shown with the server • 4x blade firmware version 04-15 or later.
Rank Margining Test • [Disable] Sets the memory rank margin test. • Enable
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Memory Details Select a processor and press Enter. Then, details of memory connected to the processor.
Tip: EMPTY: DIMM is not installed in the DIMM slot. Present, Enabled: DIMM is available.
Device and I/O Ports sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
2-26 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Do not change the settings of the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Active Video • PCI 64-Bit Resource Allocation • MM Config Base • Enable/Disable Onboard Device(s) • Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support • Set Option ROM Execution Order • PCIe Gen1/Gen2/Gen3 Speed Selection • Console Redirection Settings However, when 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card is installed in the mezzanine card slot 4 of storage expansion blade, change configuration for Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support on page 2-37. For details, see Storage expansion blade settings on page 2-37. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-23 Device and I/O Ports sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Active Video • [Onboard Device] Specifies a destination to output video. • Add-in Device
PCI Express Native • [Disable] Enables or disables direct control of PCI Control • Enable Express by OS. This item is displayed with the server blade firmware version 04-22 or later.
PCI 64-Bit Resource • [Disable] Enables or disalbes 64-bit resource Allocation • Enable allocation to PCI device.
MM Config Base • [2 GB] Sets a start address for PCI Express • 1 GB configuration space. • 3 GB
Enable/Disable Onboard - Enables or disables onboard devices. Device(s)
Enable/Disable Adapter - Enables or disables Legacy Option ROM Option ROM Support and UEFI Option ROM of PCI device.
Set Option ROM - Sets execution order of Legacy Option Execution Order ROM of PCI device.
PCIe Gen1/Gen2/Gen3 - Selects PCIe speed available with the Speed Selection PCI slot.
Console Redirection - Sets console redirection and COM port. Settings
Note:
UEFI setup menu 2-27 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Security sub menu Select an item to display or set on Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2), and press Enter.
Tip: • Configure the following items when using TXT function. – TPM Device: Enable – TPM State: Activate – TXT State: Enable • When using TXT function on Vmware, exeucte the following command at boot. • #bootOption -o The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-24 System Security sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM Status
TPM Physical Presence - Displays the status of TPM Physical Presence.
TPM Device State - Displays TPM Device State.
TPM TXT Status - Displays TPM Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) Status.
MOR Status - Displays MOR (memory overwrite request) status.
Refresh TPM Status - Refreshes the display of TPM status.
TPM Settings
TPM Device • Disable Enables or disables TPM Device. • [Enable]
TPM State • Deactivate Performs TPM Activation. • [Activate] This item is only displayed when TPM Device is Enable.
TXT State • [Disable] Enables or disables TXT. • Enable
MOR State • [Disable] Enable or Disable MOR (memory overwrite • Enable request).
2-28 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM Force Clear - Deletes the TPM data.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
TPM device settings Enable the status of Trusted Platform Module (TPM) device. Use the following procedure for enabling the TPM Device.
1. Confirm that "TPM Physical Presence" value is
2. Select
3. "Operation success, require reboot to take effect." is displayed.
4. "TPM State" menu is added in the System Security sub menu when "TPM Device" value is
5. Select
6. "Operation success, require reboot to take effect." is displayed. TPM is activated after rebooting the server blade.
RAS Configuration sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: When the defaut value of any item has been changed in this sub menu, it may take longer for the sytem boot after you return all setting values to their defaults in Load Default Settings. If so, change values in this sub menu to those before Load Default Settings is executed. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-25 RAS Configuration menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Deconfigured Mode • [Enable] Enable or Disable CPU and DIMM Deconfigured • Disable Mode.
Enable/Disable PCI Link - Enable or Disable the PCI Express link failure Failure Detection detection. See Enable/Disable PCI Link Failure Detection sub menu on page 2-30 for details. This item is displayed with the server blade firmware version 04-35 or later.
UEFI setup menu 2-29 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Enable/Disable PCI Link Failure Detection sub menu Select an item to set, and press Enter.
Table 2-26 PCI Link Failure Detection menu item
Menu items Selection1 Description
PCI cards on PCI expansion • [Enable] Enable or Disable the link failure blade • Disable detection in PCI cards on PCI expansion blade.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Date and Time Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-27 Data and Time menu items
Menu items Selection Description
System Date Increases or decreases the Sets the local date of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] date as mm/dd/yyyy. keys.
System Time Increases or decreases the Sets the local time of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] time as hh:mm:ss in the form of 24 hours. keys.
Start Options Select an item to boot, and press Enter. Place the cursor on a device to boot, and press Enter. OS will be booted from the selected device. The items to be displayed may be different depending on the setting of Boot Manager. For the details, see Boot Manager on page 2-31.
2-30 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: When you boot from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode. To boot in Legacy mode, follow the procedure described in Boot From Device sub menu on page 2-34.
Boot Manager Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. You can scroll the window using the up arrow in red on the left top or the down arrow in red on the bottom left if they are shown on the window.
Table 2-28 Boot Manager menu items
Menu items Description
Primary Boot Sequence
Add Boot Option Adds a device or file system to the boot option. See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-32.
Delete Boot Option Deletes a device or file system from the boot option, which is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-32.
Change Boot Order Changes boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-33.
Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence
Add WOL Boot Adds a device or file system to the WOL boot option. Option See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-32.
Delete WOL Boot Deletes a device or file system from the WOL boot option, which is Option enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-32.
Change WOL Boot Change the WOL boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. Order See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-33.
Boot Other
Boot From File Boots up from a file that you specify.
Boot From Device Boots up from a device that you specify. See Boot From Device sub menu on page 2- 34 for details.
UEFI Shell Boots UEFI Shell.
Select Next One- Tries to boot from a specific target only on the next boot. Time Boot
System
Boot Modes Displays the window to change system boot modes. See Boot Modes sub menu on page 2- 35 for details.
UEFI setup menu 2-31 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Reset System Restart the system.
Tip: If the OS image cannot be found through the boot device or PXE server, the server blade may reboot again and again. Confirm the connection of boot device or PXE server in this case.
Add Boot Option sub menu Select Generic Boot Option, and press Enter.
Note: You can only add Standard Boot Options. Do not add Advanced Boot Options.
Tip: You can add new WOL Boot Option to the Add WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Select item to add, and press Enter.
Note: If you select unnecessary items, it may lead to some troubles including longer boot time.
Tip: To return to the Boot Manager, highlight the target item, and then press Enter and Esc twice.
Delete Boot Option sub menu Select the check box of the item to delete, and press Enter.
2-32 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide And Select a Commit Changes and press Enter.
Note: • If you delete boot options in a poor attempt, trouble may occur such as boot failure. • Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 520H B2, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, do not delete Legacy Only.
Tip: You can delete WOL Boot Option in Delete WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Change Boot Order sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-33 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can change WOL Boot Order in Change WOL Boot Order menu in the same way.
The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-29 Change Boot Order menu items
Menu items Description
Change the Displays bootable devices currently available in the boot attempt order order. To change orders, select and highlight a device with up/down cursor keys, change the order with [+]/[-] keys, and press Enter.
Commit Changes Commits changes. You need to save the new settings before exiting from the setup menu
Note: Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 520H B2, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, place Legacy Only at the top of the Boot Order.
Boot From Device sub menu Select a device to boot, and press Enter. Check Legacy Only to start booting in Legacy mode from the selected device.
2-34 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: When booting from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, check Legacy Only. If not, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode.
Boot Modes sub menu Select an item to set, and press Enter.
Note: For CB 520H B2, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Do not change the following item. • System Boot Mode The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-30 Boot Modes sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Boot • [UEFI and Selects which to be used, UEFI Driver or Option Mode Legacy] ROM, by Boot Manager. • UEFI Only UEFI and Legacy: • Legacy Only Tries to boot in UEFI mode. If it fails, tries to boot in Legacy mode. UEFI Only: Uses UEFI Driver. Select this to boot the OS in UEFI mode. Legacy Only:
UEFI setup menu 2-35 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description Uses Option ROM not UEFI Driver. Select this to boot the OS in Legacy mode.
Optimized Boot • [Enable] Enables or disables Optimized Boot, which • Disable optimizes boot time by loading minimum drivers.
Quiet Boot • [Enable] Enables or disables Quiet Boot. If enabled, the • Disable system summary is not displayed.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Event Logs The System Event Logs of server blade are displayed.
User Security Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-31 User Security menu items
Menu items Description
Set Power-On Password Sets a power-on password.
Clear Power-On Password Deletes a power-on password.
Set Admin Password Sets an administrator password.
Clear Admin Password Deletes an administrator password.
Note: • Once a password is set, you need to enter the password when completing the system boot or accessing Configuration/Setup menu. With configuratrion of N+M, HA, or automatic bootup of OS, do not set a password. If you do, password authentication interferes with switching systems at failover; password authentication function interferes the server blade startup. Thus, those processes cannot be completed properly. • A password must consist of 6 up to 20 any ASCII printable characters.
Save Settings Select Save Settings and press Enter to save the new settings.
2-36 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Restore Settings Select Restore Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the previous settings.
Load Default Settings Select Load Default Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the factory default settings.
Exit Setup Select Exit Setup and press Enter to exit from the setup menu. When the dialog to select either you want to exit setup menu or return to setup utility appeared, press Y to exit the setup menu.
Tip: If you have unsaved changes,
Storage expansion blade settings When installing 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card in the mezzanine card slot 4 of a storage expansion blade, follow the steps shown below.
Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support Follow steps below to disable OPROM for the mezzanine card slot 4.
1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on the server blade with storage expanstion blade.
2. Press F1 key while "
3. Select System Settings, and press Enter.
4. Select Devices and I/O Ports, and press Enter.
5. Select Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support, and press Enter.
6. To disable I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2, select I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2 under Enable/Disable Legacy Option ROM(s) and press Enter. When
7. Select
UEFI setup menu 2-37 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8. Confirm that I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2 is
9. Press ESC key three times to get back to System Configuration and Boot Management. Select Save Settigs and press Enter.
10. Select Exit Setup, and press Enter.
11. Press Y key to exit Setup Utility.
2-38 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Storage expantion blade settings is completed.
UEFI setup menu items (CB 520H B3)
This section describes UEFI setup menu items for CB 520H B3.
System Configuration and Boot Management Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-32 System Configuration and Boot Management menu items
Menu items Description
System Information Displays the basic system information, which cannot be changed.
System Settings Displays the system settings.
Data and Time Displays the local date and time of the system.
Start Options Selects the boot target from the boot options in Primary Boot Sequence of the Boot Manager menu and starts booting.
Boot Manager Displays the boot priority order; adds, deletes a boot device; changes the boot order; sets boot from a file, one-time boot; or resets the system.
System Event Logs Displays the system event logs display menu.
User Security Sets/changes power-on and administrative passwords.
Save Settings Saves the new settings.
Restore Settings Discards any changes you made and restore to the original settings.
Load Default Settings Returns settings to the default values.
Exit Setup Exits the Setup menu.
System Information Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-39 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-33 System Information menu items
Menu items Description
Product Data Displays the basic system information. See Product Data Sub menu on page 2- 40 for the details.
System Summary Displays the product data. See System Summary Sub menu on page 2- 40 for the details.
Product Data Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-34 Product Data menu items
Menu items Description
Host Firmware
Version Displays the UEFI version.
Build Date Displays the UEFI build date.
BMC
Version Displays the BMC version.
Build Date Displays the BMC build date.
System Summary Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-35 System Summary menu items
Menu items Description
System Identification Data
Machine Type/Model Displays the machine type.
Serial Number Displays the serial number.
UUID Number Displays the UUID.
Asset Tag Number Displays the asset tag.
Processor
Installed CPU packages Displays the number of installed processor packages.
Processor Speed Displays the processor speed.
2-40 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
QPI Link Speed Displays the QPI link speed.
Processor Details Displays details of the installed processors.
Memory
Memory Mode Displays the memory mode.
Memory Speed Displays the installed memory speed.
Total Memory Size Displays the total installed memory size.
Memory Voltage Displays the memory operating voltage.
System Settings Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Legacy Support • Power For Emulex 8 GB FC mezzanine card or Emulex CNA mezzanine card (Personality: FCoE / iSCSI), however, see Hitachi Compute Blade Emulex Adapter User's Guide for Hardware to set the following two items. • Network • Storage For Hitachi Gigabit fibre channel adapter, however, see Hitachi Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter USER'S GUIDE (BIOS/EFI Edition) to set the following two items. • Adapters and UEFI Drivers • Storage The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-36 System Settings menu items
Menu items Description
Adaptors and UEFI Displays information about adapters and UEFI drivers on the Drivers server blade.
Devices and I/O Displays devices and I/O port options of settings. Ports See Devices and I/O Ports sub menu on page 2-42.
Driver Health Displays the driver status.
Legacy Support Displays the legacy support setting window.
Memory Displays and provides option to change the memory settings. See Memory sub menu on page 2-43.
UEFI setup menu 2-41 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Network Selects the Network setup options.
Power Selects the Power setup options.
Processors Displays and provides option to change the processor settings. See Processors sub menu on page 2-46.
Recovery and RAS Displays the Recovery setting window. See Recovery and RAS sub menu on page 2-48.
Security Selects the TPM setup options. See Security sub menu on page 2-49.
Storage Selects this option to see all the Storage Device options.
Devices and I/O Ports sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: You need to change the PCI 64-Bit Resource Allocation setting, the MM Config Base setting, and the USB Configuration setting when using some OSs and applications. Do not change other items. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-37 Devices and I/O Ports menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Active Video • [Onboard If Add-in Device is selected, video will be Device] switched from onboard video to an add-in • Add-in Device video adapter, and the onboard video will bi disabled before booting into OS. If Onboard Device is selected, an add-in video adapter can be used as the secondary video.
PCI Express Native • [Enable] Enable or disable the native control of PCI Control • Disable Express features from OS.
PCI 64-Bit Resource • Disable Enable or disable the allocation of 64-bit Allocation • [Enable] resources for PCI.
MM Config Base • [2GB] Select the Memory Mapped Config Space • 1GB base address. • 3GB
Intel® VT for Directed • [Enable] Enable/Disable Intel@ Virtualization I/O (VT-d) • Disable Technology for Directed I/O (VT-d) by reporting the I/O device assignment to VMM through DMAR ACPI Tables.
2-42 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
Enable / Disable - Enables or Disables onboard devices or slots. Onboard Device(s)
Enable / Disable - Controls Legacy and UEFI-compliant adapter Adapter Option ROM support, Disabling UEFI/Legacy support may Support adversely affect preboot/boot functions.
Set Option ROM - Control legacy ROM load order (overridden Execution Order by UEFI thunk drivers).
PCIe Gen1/Gen2/ - Select this option to choose the Gen3 Speed Selection generation(Gen1/Gen2/Gen3 Speed)for available PCIe slots.
Console Redirection - Settings for Console Redirection and COM Settings Port Settings.
USB Configuration - USB Configuration Settings. See USB Configuration on page 2-43.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
USB Configuration Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window
Table 2-38 USB Configuration items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Front Dongle USB Port #1 • [Enable] Disable USB ports. • Disable
Front Dongle USB Port #2 • [Enable] Disable USB ports. • Disable
Front USB3.0 Port • [Enable] Disable USB ports. • Disable
XHCI Mode • [Auto] Configures the mode of USB 3.0 • Disable controllers.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Memory sub menu Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-43 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Do not change the settings of other than the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Memory Mode • Sparing • Memory Speed • Socket Interleave • Memory Deconfigure Mode The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-39 Memory menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Memory Details - Displays the status of each system memory. See System Memory Details on page 2-45.
Total Memory Size - Displays the total memory size.
Memory Voltage - Displays the memory operating voltage.
Memory Mode2 • [Independent] Selects a memory operating mode. • Mirroring
Sparing2 • [Disable] Select whether to enable memory • Enable sparing.
Memory Speed • [Auto] Sets a maximum value on memory • Force DDR4 1600 clock frequency. • Force DDR4 1866 • Force DDR4 2133
Memory Power • [Disable] Sets Memory Power Management. Management • Automatic
Socket Interleave • Non-NUMA Sets Memory Socket Interleave. • [NUMA]
Patrol Scrub • [Enable] Sets the patrol scrubbing which • Disable proactively searches the memory to repair correctable errors.
Memory Data • Disable Sets the memory data scrambling. Scrambling • [Enable]
Page Policy • Closed Sets the page policy. • Open • [Adaptive]
Memory Deconfigure - Memory which are plugged in can be Mode disabled by this menu.
2-44 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description Memories can be disabled/Enabled per memory controller. See Memory Deconfigure Mode Details on page 2-46.
Notes:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
2. When Mirroring is enabled, you cannot set Sparing. Conversely, when Sparing is enabled, you cannot set Mirroring.
System Memory Details Place the cursor on a processor to display, and press Enter.
Tip: Currently installed processors are displayed on the window.
Select a processor to show the details of memory connected to the processor.
UEFI setup menu 2-45 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: EMPTY: DIMM is not installed in the DIMM slot. Present, Enabled: DIMM is available.
Memory Deconfigure Mode Details Select a DIMM group per memory controller to disable or enable, and press Enter.
Processors sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of other than the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up.
2-46 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide • Turbo Mode • C-States • Hyper-Threading • Execute Disable Bit • Hardware Prefetcher • Cores in CPU Package The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-40 Processors menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Turbo Mode • [Enable] Sets a CPU Turbo Mode, which is • Disable enabled after the reboot. Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Processor • Disable Sets CPU EIST, which is enabled after Performance States • [Enable] the reboot.
C-States • Disable Sets a CPU power saving mode, which • [Enable] is enabled after the reboot.
C1 Enhanced Mode • Disable Sets CPU Enhanced C1E State, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot.
Hyper-Threading • [Enable] Sets CPU Hyper Threading. Shown only • Disable when supported by installed CPUs.
Execute Disable Bit • Disable With "Disable", the response is always • [Enable] "0" for XD feature flag.
Enable TXT • [Disable] Sets Trusted Execution Technology. • Enable
VMX • Disable Sets Vanderpool Technology (Intel's • [Enable] virtualization technology).
Hardware Prefetcher • [Enable] Sets Hardware Prefetcher. • Disable
Adjacent Cache • [Enable] Sets Adjacent Cache Prefetcher. Prefetch • Disable
DCU Streamer • [Enable] Sets DCU Streamer Prefetcher. Prefetcher • Disable
DCU IP Prefetcher • [Enable] Sets DCU IP Prefetcher. • Disable
DCA • Enable Sets that the I/O device can transfer data directly to CPU cache.
UEFI setup menu 2-47 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description • [Disable]
Energy Efficient Turbo • [Enable] Sets the energy efficient turbo. • Disable
Uncore Frequency • [Enable] Sets the functionality to dynamically Scaling • Disable adjust the uncore operation frequency.
QPI Link Disable • [Enable All Links] Disables one QPI Link to save power. • Disable 1 Link
COD Preference • Enable Sets the COD preference. • [Disable]
Pre Core P-state • Disable Sets the pre core P-state. • [Enable]
Early Snoop • [Disable] Sets the early snoop preference. Preference • Enable
Cores in CPU Package • [All] Sets running cores in the CPU package. • 1-17
QPI Link Frequency • Minimal Power Sets the number of clock frequencies in • Balanced Quick Path Interconnect (QPI) Link. • [Max Performance]
Turbo Limits • [Full turbo uplift] Can be used to limit the Maximum turbo • Restrict turbo frequency.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Recovery and RAS sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of other than the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Advanced RAS The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Place the cursor on a menu to set, and press Enter.
Table 2-41 Recovery and RAS sub menu items
Menu items Selection Description
Advanced RAS - Sets the failure deconfiguraion to CPU and DIMM. See Advanced RAS for details.
2-48 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection Description
Backup Bank Management - Sets the backup management.
Disk GPT Recovery - Set the disk GPT recovery
System Recovery - Sets the system recovery.
Advanced RAS Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-42 RAS Configuration menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Deconfigured Mode • Disable Sets the Deconfigured mode. • [Enable]
POST Fail Retry • Disable Enable or Disable POST Fail Retry. POST Retry is • [Enable] performed automatically when EFI firmware detects any memory failure at POST.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Security sub menu Place the cursor on a menu to set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of other than the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Secure Boot Configuration • Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2) The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select a menu to set, and press Enter.
Table 2-43 RAS Configuration menu items
Menu items Selection Description
Rollback Configuration - Sets the rollback option.
Secure Boot Configuration - Sets the secure boot configuration.
UEFI setup menu 2-49 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection Description
Trusted Platform Module - Displays TPM option setting window. (TPM 1.2) See Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2) on page 2-50 for details.
Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2) Place the cursor on an item to set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following item. If you change the settings in a poor attempt, UEFI may not start up. • MOR State The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-44 System Security sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM Status
TPM Physical Presence - Displays the status of TPM Physical Presence.
TPM Device State - Displays TPM Device State.
MOR Status - Displays MOR (memory overwrite request) status. This item is displayed with EFI firmware version 04-00 or later.
Refresh TPM Status - Refreshes the display of TPM status.
TPM Settings
TPM Device • [Disable] Enables or disables TPM Device. • Enable
TPM State • [Deactivate] Performs TPM Activation. • Activate This item is only displayed when TPM Device is Enable.
MOR State • [Disable] Enable or Disable MOR (memory overwrite • Enable request). This item is displayed with EFI firmware version 04-00 or later.
TPM Force Clear - Deletes the TPM data.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
TPM device settings Enable the status of Trusted Platform Module (TPM) device.
2-50 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Use the following procedure for enabling the TPM Device.
1. Confirm that "TPM Physical Presence" value is
2. Select
3. "Success!!Reboot required to enable this change." is displayed.
4. "TPM State" menu is added in the System Security sub menu when "TPM Device" value is
5. Select
Date and Time Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-45 Data and Time menu items
Menu items Selection Description
System Date Increases or decreases the Sets the local date of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] date as mm/dd/yyyy. keys.
System Time Increases or decreases the Sets the local time of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] time as hh:mm:ss in the form of 24 hours. keys.
Start Options Select an item to boot, and press Enter. Select a target device to set boot, and press Enter. The target device will be booted first. The items to be displayed may be different depending on the setting of Boot Manager. For the details, see Boot Manager on page 2-51.
Boot Manager Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following item. If you change the settings in a poor attempt, UEFI may not start up. • Boot From File
UEFI setup menu 2-51 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide • Boot From Device • UEFI Shell • Boot Modes The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-46 Boot Manager menu items
Menu items Description
Primary Boot Sequence
Add Boot Option Adds a device or file system to the boot option. See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-52.
Delete Boot Option Deletes a device or file system from the boot option, which is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-53.
Change Boot Order Changes boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-54.
Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence
Add WOL Boot Adds a device or file system to the WOL boot option. Option See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-52.
Delete WOL Boot Deletes a device or file system from the WOL boot option, which Option is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-53.
Change WOL Boot Change the WOL boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. Order See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-54.
Boot Other
Boot From File Boots up from a specific device or file.
Boot From Device Boots up from a specific device path.
Select Next One- Tries to boot from a specific target only on the next boot. Time Boot
System
Boot Modes Displays the window to change system boot modes.
Reset System Restart the system.
Tip: If the OS image cannot be found through the boot device or PXE server, the server blade may reboot again and again. Confirm the connection of boot device or PXE server in this case.
Add Boot Option sub menu Select Generic Boot Option, and press Enter.
2-52 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: You can only add Standard Boot Options. Do not add Advanced Boot Options.
Tip: To boot from a device not included in Boot Order, add it to Boot Option for both Primary Boot Sequence and Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence. Select Add Boot Option in a category depending on your purpose. Select item to add, and press Enter.
Note: • Do not add unnecessary items, which may cause lead to some troubles including longer boot time. • Do not add Legacy Only. CB 520HB3 model does not support the boot in Legacy Mode.
Tip: To return to the Boot Manager, highlight the target item, and then press Enter and Esc twice.
Delete Boot Option sub menu Select the check box of the item to delete, and press Enter. And Select a Commit Changes and Exit and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-53 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: If you delete boot options in a poor attempt, trouble may occur such as boot failure.
Tip: You can delete WOL Boot Option in Delete WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Change Boot Order sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
2-54 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can change WOL Boot Order in Change WOL Boot Order menu in the same way.
The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-47 Change Boot Order menu items
Menu items Description
Change the Displays bootable devices currently available in the boot attempt order order. To change orders, select and highlight a device with up/down cursor keys, change the order with [+]/[-] keys, and press Enter.
Commit Changes Commits changes. You need to save the new settings before exiting from the setup menu
System Event Logs The System Event Logs of server blade are displayed.
User Security Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-55 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-48 User Security menu items
Menu items Description
Set Power-On Password Sets a power-on password.
Clear Power-On Password Deletes a power-on password.
Set Admin Password Sets an administrator password.
Clear Admin Password Deletes an administrator password.
Note: • Once a password is set, you need to enter the password when completing the system boot or accessing Configuration/Setup menu. With configuration of N+M, HA, or automatic bootup of OS, do not set a password. If you do, password authentication interferes with switching systems at failover; password authentication function interferes the server blade startup. Thus, those processes cannot be completed properly. • A password must consist of 6 up to 20 any ASCII printable characters.
Save Settings Select Save Settings and press Enter to save the new settings.
Restore Settings Select Restore Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the previous settings.
Load Default Settings Select Load Default Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the factory default settings.
Note: The following phenomena occur when a server blade carries Broadcom 1Gb 4p/8p LAN mezzanine cards. When you execute “Load Default Settings” on CB520HB3 EFI BIOS menu, messages below are displayed separately. • Invalid IP Address value! • Invalid TCP Port value! Press the Enter key until messages are not displayed. For 1 port, a message is displayed 1 or 3 times. In the case of 1Gb 4p mezzanine card, you will need to press the enter key 4 or 12 times in total.
Exit Setup Select Exit Setup and press Enter to exit from the setup menu. When the dialog to select either you want to exit setup menu or return to setup utility appeared, press Y to exit the setup menu.
2-56 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: If you have unsaved changes,
UEFI setup menu items (CB 520A A1)
This section describes UEFI setup menu items for CB 520A A1.
System Configuration and Boot Management Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-49 System Configuration and Boot mManagement menu items
Menu items Description
System Information Displays the basic system information, which cannot be changed.
System Settings Displays the system settings.
Data and Time Sets the local date and time of the system.
Start Options Executes boot from a device selected on Boot Option, Primary Boot Sequence, Boot Manager.
Boot Manager Displays the boot priority order; adds, deletes a boot device; changes the boot order; sets boot from a file, one-time boot; or resets the system.
System Event Logs Displays the system event logs display menu.
User Security Sets/changes power-on and administrative passwords.
Save Settings Saves the new settings.
Restore Settings Discards any changes you made and restore to the original settings.
Load Default Settings Returns settings to the default values.
Exit Setup Exits the Setup menu.
System Information Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-57 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-50 System Information menu items
Menu items Description
System Summary Displays the basic system information. See System Summary Sub menu on page 2- 58 for the details.
Product Data Displays the product data. See Product Data Sub menu on page 2- 58 for the details.
System Summary Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-51 System Summary menu items
Menu items Description
Processor
Installed CPU packages Displays the number of installed processor packages.
Processor Speed Displays the processor speed.
QPI Link Speed Displays the QPI link speed.
Processor Details Displays summary of the installed processors.
Memory
Memory Mode Displays the memory mode.
Memory Speed Displays the installed memory speed.
Total Memory Size Displays the total installed memory size.
Memory Voltage Displays the memory operating voltage.
Product Data Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-52 Product Data menu items
Menu items Description
Host Firmware
Build ID Displays the UEFI build ID number.
Version Displays the UEFI version.
Build Date Displays the UEFI build date.
2-58 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide System Settings Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Adapters and UEFI Drivers • Devices and I/O Ports • Operating Modes • Legacy Support • Storage • Network With the following system configuration, follow directions below. • When installing 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card in the mezzanine card slot 4 of a storage expansion blade, change the Devices and I/O Ports configuration. For details, see Storage expansion blade settings on page 2-71. • For LSI Software RAID model, select Storage, and create and configure RAID. See Chapter 6, LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays for details. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-53 System Settings menu items
Menu items Description
Adaptors and UEFI Displays information about adapters and UEFI drivers on the Drivers server blade.
Processors Displays and provides option to change the processor settings. See Processors sub menu on page 2-60.
Memory Displays and provides option to change the memory settings. See Memory sub menu on page 2-61.
Devices and I/O Ports Displays devices and I/O port options of settings.
Operating Modes Selects the operating mode desired based on your preference.
Legacy Support Selects the legacy support.
System Security Selects the TPM setup options. See System Security sub menu on page 2-62.
RAS Configuration Sets RAS configuration. See RAS Configuration sub menu on page 2-63.
Storage Selects this option to see all the Storage Device options.
Network Selects the Network setup options
UEFI setup menu 2-59 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Processors sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-54 Processors menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Turbo Mode • Disable Sets a CPU Turbo Mode, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot. Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Processor • Disable Sets CPU EIST, which is enabled after Performance States • [Enable] the reboot.
C-States • Disable Sets a CPU power saving mode, which • [Enable] is enabled after the reboot.
Package ACPI C-State • ACPI C2 Sets a C-State upper limit during the Limit • [ACPI C3] CPU idle mode.
C1 Enhanced Mode • Disable Sets CPU Enhanced C1E State, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot.
Hyper-Threading • Disable Sets CPU Hyper Threading. • [Enable] Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Execute Disable Bit • Disable With "Disable", the response is always • [Enable] "0" for XD feature flag.
Intel Virtualization • Disable Sets Vanderpool Technology, which is Technology • [Enable] Intel's new virtualization technology.
Hardware Prefetcher • Disable Sets Hardware Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Adjacent Cache • Disable Sets Adjacent Cache Prefetch. Prefetch • [Enable]
DCU Streamer • Disable Sets DCU Streamer Prefetcher. Prefetcher • [Enable]
DCU IP Prefetcher • Disable Sets DCU IP Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Cores in CPU Package • [All] Sets the number of running cores in the • 1-7 CPU package. Not shown with the server blade firmware version 02-29 or later.
QPI Link Frequency • Minimal Power Sets the number of clock frequencies in • Balanced Quick Path Interconnect (QPI) Link.
2-60 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description • [Max Performance]
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Memory sub menu Select the item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-55 Memory menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Memory Details - Displays the status of each system memory. See System Memory Details on page 2-62.
Total Memory Size - Displays the total memory size.
Memory Voltage - Displays the memory operating voltage.
Memory Mode • [Independent] Selects a memory operating mode. • Mirroring • Sparing
Memory Speed • Force DDR3 800 Sets a maximum value on memory • Force DDR3 1333 clock frequency. • [Force DDR3 1600]
Memory Power • Disable Sets Memory Power Management. Management • [Automatic]
Socket Interleave • Non-NUMA Sets Socket Interleave to NUMA or • [NUMA] Non-NUMA.
Patrol Scrub • Disable Sets the patrol scrubbing which • [Enable] proactively searches the memory to repair correctable errors.
Memory Data • Disable Sets the memory data scrambling. Scrambling • [Enable]
Page Policy • Closed Sets the memory page policy. • Open • [Adaptive]
Rank Margining Test • [Disable] Sets the memory rank margin test. • Enable
Note:
UEFI setup menu 2-61 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Memory Details Select a processor to display and press Enter. Then, details of memory connected to the processor are displayed.
Tip: EMPTY: DIMM is not installed in the DIMM slot. Present, Enabled: DIMM is available.
System Security sub menu Select an item to display or set on Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2), and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following item. If you change the settings in a poor attempt, UEFI may not start up. • TXT State The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
2-62 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-56 System Security sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM Status
TPM Physical Presence - Displays the status of TPM Physical Presence.
TPM Device State - Displays TPM Device State.
TPM TXT Status - Displays TPM Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) Status.
Refresh TPM Status - Refreshes the display of TPM status.
TPM Settings
TPM Device • [Disable] Enables or disables TPM Device. • Enable
TPM State • [Deactivate] Performs TPM Activation. • Activate This item is only displayed when TPM Device is Enable.
TXT State • [Disable] Enables or disables TXT. • Enable
TPM Force Clear - Deletes the TPM data.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
TPM device settings Enable the status of Trusted Platform Module (TPM) device. Use the following procedure for enabling the TPM Device.
1. Confirm that "TPM Physical Presence" value is
2. Select
3. "Success!!Reboot required to enable this change." is displayed.
4. "TPM State" menu is added in the System Security sub menu when "TPM Device" value is
5. Select
6. "Success!!Reboot required to enable this change." is displayed. TPM is activated after rebooting the server blade.
RAS Configuration sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-63 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-57 RAS Configuration menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Deconfigured Mode • [Enable] Enable or Disable CPU and DIMM Deconfigured Mode. • Disable
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Date and Time Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-58 Data and Time menu items
Menu items Selection Description
System Date Increases or decreases the Sets the local date of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] date as mm/dd/yyyy. keys.
System Time Increases or decreases the Sets the local time of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] time as hh:mm:ss in the form of 24 hours. keys.
Start Options Select an item to boot, and press Enter. Place the cursor on a device to boot, and press Enter. OS will be booted from the selected device. The items to be displayed may be different depending on the setting of Boot Manager. For the details, see Boot Manager on page 2-64.
Note: When you boot from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode. To boot in Legacy mode, follow the procedure described in Boot From Device sub menu on page 2-68.
Boot Manager Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
2-64 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-59 Boot Manager menu items
Menu items Description
Primary Boot Sequence
Add Boot Option Adds a device or file system to the boot option. See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-65.
Delete Boot Option Deletes a device or file system from the boot option, which is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-66.
Change Boot Order Changes boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-67.
Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence
Add WOL Boot Adds a device or file system to the WOL boot option. Option See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-65.
Delete WOL Boot Deletes a device or file system from the WOL boot option, which is Option enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-66.
Change WOL Boot Change the WOL boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. Order See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-67.
Boot Other
Boot From File Boots up from a file that you specify.
Boot From Device Boots up from a device that you specify. See Boot From Device sub menu on page 2-68 for details.
UEFI Shell Boots UEFI Shell.
Select Next One- Tries to boot from a specific target only on the next boot. Time Boot
System
Boot Modes Displays Boot Modes window. See Boot Modes sub menu on page 2-69.
Reset System Restart the system.
Tip: If the OS image cannot be found through the boot device or PXE server, the server blade may reboot again and again. Confirm the connection of boot device or PXE server in this case.
Add Boot Option sub menu Select Generic Boot Option, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-65 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: You can only add Standard Boot Options. Do not add Advanced Boot Options.
Tip: You can add new WOL Boot Option to the Add WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Select item to add, and press Enter.
Note: If you select unnecessary items, it may lead to some troubles including longer boot time.
Tip: To return to the Boot Manager, highlight the target item, and then press Enter and Esc twice.
Delete Boot Option sub menu Select an item to delete, and press the space key. Then, X appears in the square brackets. And Select Commit Changes and press Enter to delete the device from Boot Option.
2-66 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: • If you delete boot options in a poor attempt, trouble may occur such as boot failure. • Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 520A A1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, do not delete Legacy Only.
Tip: You can delete WOL Boot Option in Delete WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Change Boot Order sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-67 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can change WOL Boot Order in Change WOL Boot Order menu in the same way.
The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-60 Change Boot Order menu items
Menu items Description
Change the Displays bootable devices currently available in the boot attempt order order. To change orders, select and highlight a device with up/down cursor keys, change the order with [+]/[-] keys, and press Enter.
Commit Changes Commits changes. You need to save the new settings before exiting from the setup menu
Note: Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 520A A1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, place Legacy Only at the top of the Boot Order.
Boot From Device sub menu Select a device to boot, and press Enter. Check Legacy Only to start booting the OS in Legacy mode from the selected device.
2-68 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: When booting from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, check Legacy Only. If not, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode.
Boot Modes sub menu Select an item to set, and press Enter.
Note: For CB 520A A1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, do not change the following item. • System Boot Mode • Driver Health Check The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-61 Boot Modes sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Boot • [UEFI and Sets which Boot Manager uses to boot, UEFI Mode Legacy] Driver or Option ROM. • UEFI Only UEFI Only: Uses UEFI Driver. Select this for • Legacy Only OS boot in UEFI mode. Legacy Only: Uses Option ROM, not UEFI Driver. Select this for OS boot in Leagacy mode.
UEFI setup menu 2-69 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description UEFI and Legacy: Attempts to boot in UEFI mode first. If the first attemt fails, the second is performed in Legacy mode.
Optimized Boot • Enable Sets Optimized Boot where minimum drivers • [Disable] are loaded to optimize the boot time.
Quiet Boot • [Enable] Sets Quiet Boot where the sytem summary • Disable view is prevented.
Driver Health • [All] Sets a range for Driver Health Check. Check • Onboard Only • None
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Event Logs The System Event Logs of server blade are displayed.
User Security Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-62 User Security menu items
Menu items Description
Set Power-On Password Sets a power-on password.
Clear Power-On Password Deletes a power-on password.
Set Admin Password Sets an administrator password.
Clear Admin Password Deletes an administrator password.
Note: • Once a password is set, you need to enter the password when completing the system boot or accessing Configuration/Setup menu. With configuratrion of N+M, HA, or automatic bootup of OS, do not set a password. If you do, password authentication interferes with switching systems at failover; password authentication function interferes the server blade startup. Thus, those processes cannot be completed properly. • A password must consist of 6 up to 20 any ASCII printable characters.
2-70 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Save Settings Select Save Settings and press Enter to save the new settings.
Restore Settings Select Restore Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the previous settings.
Load Default Settings Select Load Default Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the factory default settings.
Exit Setup Select Exit Setup and press Enter to exit from the setup menu. When the dialog to select either you want to exit setup menu or return to setup utility appeared, press Y to exit the setup menu.
Tip: If you have unsaved changes,
Storage expansion blade settings When installing 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card in the mezzanine card slot 4 of a storage expansion blade, follow the steps shown below.
Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support Follow steps below to disable OPROM for the mezzanine card slot 4.
1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on the server blade with storage expanstion blade.
2. Press F1 key while "
3. Select System Settings, and press Enter.
4. Select Devices and I/O Ports, and press Enter.
5. Select Enable/Disable Adapter Option ROM Support, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-71 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. To disable I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2, select I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2 under Enable/Disable Legacy Option ROM(s) and press Enter. When
7. Select
8. Confirm that I/O Expansion 2 Dev 2 is
9. Press ESC key three times to get back to System Configuration and Boot Management. Select Save Settigs and press Enter.
2-72 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 10. Select Exit Setup, and press Enter.
11. Press Y key to exit Setup Utility.
Storage expantion blade settings is completed.
Disable Software RAID When adding an expansion card at configuration supporting Software RAID, you can execute SAN boot. If so, you need to disable Software RAID manually. This subssection describes how to disable Software RAID.
1. When
2. Select System Settings and press Enter.
3. When System Settings menu appears, select Devices and I/O Ports and press Enter.
4. When Devices and I/O Ports menu appears, select Enable / Disable Onboard Device(s) and press Enter.
5. When Enable / Disable Onboard Device(s) menu appears, select SCU Controller and press Enter.
6. Select Disable and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-73 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7. Disable is shown for SCU Controller.
8. Press Esc repeatedly until the following message is shown.
9. Type Y key to end the UEFI setup menu.
UEFI setup menu items (CB 540A A1/B1)
This section describes UEFI setup menu items for CB 540A A1/B1.
System Configuration and Boot Management Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
2-74 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-63 System Configuration and Boot Management menu items
Menu items Description
System Information Displays the basic system information, which cannot be changed.
System Settings Displays the system settings.
Data and Time Sets the local date and time of the system.
Start Options Executes boot from a device selected on Boot Option, Primary Boot Sequence, Boot Manager.
Boot Manager Displays the boot priority order; adds, deletes a boot device; changes the boot order; sets boot from a file, one-time boot; or resets the system.
System Event Logs Displays the system event logs display menu.
User Security Sets/changes power-on and administrative passwords.
Save Settings Saves the new settings.
Restore Settings Discards any changes you made and restore to the original settings.
Load Default Settings Returns settings to the default values.
Exit Setup Exits the Setup menu.
System Information Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-64 System Information menu items
Menu items Description
System Summary Displays the basic system information. See System Summary Sub menu on page 2- 75 for the details.
Product Data Displays the product data. See Product Data Sub menu on page 2- 76 for the details.
System Summary Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-65 System Summary menu items
Menu items Description
Processor
UEFI setup menu 2-75 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Installed CPU packages Displays the number of installed processor packages.
Processor Speed Displays the processor speed.
QPI Link Speed Displays the QPI link speed.
Chipset Model Displays the detailed informnation of the chipset with the server blade firmware version 03-26 or later.
Processor Details Displays summary of the installed processors.
Memory
Memory Mode Displays the memory mode.
Memory Speed Displays the installed memory speed.
Total Memory Size Displays the total installed memory size.
Memory Voltage Displays the memory operating voltage.
Product Data Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-66 Product Data menu items
Menu items Description
Host Firmware
Build ID Displays the UEFI build ID number.
Version Displays the UEFI version.
Build Date Displays the UEFI build date.
System Settings Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Adapters and UEFI Drivers • Devices and I/O Ports • Operating Modes • Legacy Support • Storage • Network The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
2-76 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-67 System Settings menu items
Menu items Description
Adaptors and UEFI Displays information about adapters and UEFI drivers on the Drivers server blade.
Processors Displays and provides option to change the processor settings. See Processors sub menu on page 2-77.
Memory Displays and provides option to change the memory settings. See Memory sub menu on page 2-78.
Devices and I/O Ports Displays devices and I/O port options of settings.
Operating Modes Selects the operating mode desired based on your preference.
Legacy Support Selects the legacy support.
System Security Selects the TPM setup options. See System Security sub menu on page 2-80.
RAS Configuration Sets RAS configuration. See RAS Configuration sub menu on page 2-81.
Storage Selects this option to see all the Storage Device options.
Network Selects the Network setup options
Processors sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-68 Processors menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Turbo Mode • Disable Sets a CPU Turbo Mode, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot. Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Processor • Disable Sets CPU EIST, which is enabled after Performance States • [Enable] the reboot.
C-States • Disable Sets a CPU power saving mode, which • [Enable] is enabled after the reboot.
Package ACPI C-State • ACPI C2 Sets a C-State upper limit during the Limit • [ACPI C3] CPU idle mode.
C1 Enhanced Mode • Disable Sets CPU Enhanced C1E State, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot.
UEFI setup menu 2-77 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
Hyper-Threading • Disable Sets CPU Hyper Threading. Shown only • [Enable] when supported by installed CPUs.
Execute Disable Bit • Disable With "Disable", the response is always • [Enable] "0" for XD feature flag.
Intel Virtualization • Disable Sets Vanderpool Technology, which is Technology • [Enable] Intel's new virtualization technology.
Hardware Prefetcher • Disable Sets Hardware Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Adjacent Cache • Disable Sets Adjacent Cache Prefetch. Prefetch • [Enable]
DCU Streamer • Disable Sets DCU Streamer Prefetcher. Prefetcher • [Enable]
DCU IP Prefetcher • Disable Sets DCU IP Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Cores in CPU Package • [All] Sets the number of running cores in the • 1-7 CPU package. Not shown with the server blade firmware version 03-10 or later.
QPI Link Frequency • Minimal Power Sets the number of clock frequencies in • Balanced Quick Path Interconnect (QPI) Link. • [Max Performance]
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Memory sub menu Select the item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window.
Table 2-69 Memory menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Memory Details - Displays the status of each system memory. See System Memory Details on page 2-79.
Total Memory Size - Displays the total memory size.
Memory Voltage - Displays the memory operating voltage.
2-78 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
Memory Mode • [Independent] Selects a memory operating mode. • Mirroring • Sparing
Memory Speed • Force DDR3 800 Sets a maximum value on memory • Force DDR3 1333 clock frequency. • [Force DDR3 1600]
Memory Power • Disable Sets Memory Power Management. Management • [Automatic]
Socket Interleave • Non-NUMA Sets Socket Interleave to NUMA or • [NUMA] Non-NUMA.
Patrol Scrub • Disable Sets the patrol scrubbing which • [Enable] proactively searches the memory to repair correctable errors.
Memory Data • Disable Sets the memory data scrambling. Scrambling • [Enable]
Page Policy • Closed Sets the memory page policy. • Open • [Adaptive]
Rank Margining Test • [Disable] Sets the memory rank margin test. • Enable
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Memory Details Place the cursor on a processor to display and press Enter. Then, details of memory connected to the processor.
UEFI setup menu 2-79 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: EMPTY: DIMM is not installed in the DIMM slot. Present, Enabled: DIMM is available.
System Security sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following item. If you change the settings in a poor attempt, UEFI may not start up. • TXT State • MOR State The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-70 System Security sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM Status
TPM Physical Presence - Displays the status of TPM Physical Presence.
TPM Device State - Displays TPM Device State.
TPM TXT Status - Displays TPM Trusted Execution Technology (TXT) Status.
MOR Status - Displays MOR (memory orverwrite request) status.
2-80 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
Refresh TPM Status - Refreshes the display of TPM status.
TPM Settings
TPM Device • [Disable] Enables or disables TPM Device. • Enable
TPM State • [Deactivate] Performs TPM Activation. • Activate This item is only displayed when TPM Device is Enable.
TXT State • [Disable] Enables or disables TXT. • Enable
MOR State • [Disable] Enables or disables Memory Overwrite Request • Enable (MOR).
TPM Force Clear - Deletes the TPM data.
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
TPM device settings Enable the status of Trusted Platform Module (TPM) device. Use the following procedure for enabling the TPM Device.
1. Confirm that "TPM Physical Presence" value is
2. Select
3. "Operation success, require reboot to take effect." is displayed.
4. "TPM State" menu is added in the System Security sub menu when "TPM Device" value is
5. Select
6. "Operation success, require reboot to take effect." is displayed. TPM is activated after rebooting the server blade.
RAS Configuration sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-81 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-71 RAS Configuration menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Deconfigured Mode [Enable] Enable or Disable CPU and DIMM Deconfigured Mode. Disable
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Date and Time Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-72 Data and Time menu items
Menu items Selection Description
System Date Increases or decreases the Sets the local date of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] date as mm/dd/yyyy. keys.
System Time Increases or decreases the Sets the local time of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] time as hh:mm:ss in the form of 24 hours. keys.
Start Options Select an item to boot, and press Enter. Select a device to boot, and press Enter. OS will be started the selected device. The items to be displayed may be different depending on the setting of Boot Manager. For the details, see Boot Manager on page 2-82.
Note: When you boot from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode. To boot in Legacy mode, follow the procedure described in Boot From Device sub menu on page 2-86.
Boot Manager Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
2-82 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-73 Boot Manager menu items
Menu items Description
Primary Boot Sequence
Add Boot Option Adds a device or file system to the boot option. See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-83.
Delete Boot Option Deletes a device or file system from the boot option, which is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-84.
Change Boot Order Changes boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-85.
Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence
Add WOL Boot Adds a device or file system to the WOL boot option. Option See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-83.
Delete WOL Boot Deletes a device or file system from the WOL boot option, which is Option enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-84.
Change WOL Boot Change the WOL boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. Order See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-85.
Boot Other
Boot From File Boots up from a file that you specify.
Boot From Device Boots up from a device that you specify. See Boot From Device sub menu on page 2- 86 for details.
UEFI Shell Boots UEFI Shell.
Select Next One- Tries to boot from a specific target only on the next boot. Time Boot
System
Boot Modes Displays a window to change boot modes. See Boot Modes sub menu on page 2-87 for details.
Reset System Restart the system.
Tip: If the OS image cannot be found through the boot device or PXE server, the server blade may reboot again and again. Confirm the connection of boot device or PXE server in this case.
Add Boot Option sub menu Select Generic Boot Option, and press Enter.
Note: You can only add Standard Boot Options. Do not add Advanced Boot Options.
UEFI setup menu 2-83 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can add new WOL Boot Option to the Add WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Select item to add, and press Enter.
Note: If you select unnecessary items, it may lead to some troubles including longer boot time.
Tip: To return to the Boot Manager, highlight the target item, and then press Enter and Esc twice.
Delete Boot Option sub menu Select the check box of the item to delete, and press Enter. And Select a Commit Changes and press Enter.
2-84 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: • If you delete boot options in a poor attempt, trouble may occur such as boot failure. • Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 540A A1/B1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, do not delete Legacy Only.
Tip: You can delete WOL Boot Option in Delete WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Change Boot Order sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-85 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can change WOL Boot Order in Change WOL Boot Order menu in the same way.
The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-74 Change Boot Order menu items
Menu items Description
Change the Displays bootable devices currently available in the boot attempt order order. To change orders, select and highlight a device with up/down cursor keys, change the order with [+]/[-] keys, and press Enter.
Commit Changes Commits changes. You need to save the new settings before exiting from the setup menu
Note: Legacy Only is a flag to indicate booting from target devices displayed below in Legacy mode, not to inidicate target devices to boot. For CB 540A A1/B1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, place Legacy Only at the top of the Boot Order.
Boot From Device sub menu Select a device to boot, and press Enter. Check Legacy Only to start booting the OS in Legacy mode from the selected device.
2-86 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: When booting from CD/DVD available in both UEFI mode and Legacy mode, check Legacy Only. If not, the boot may be performed in UEFI mode.
Boot Modes sub menu Select an item to set, and press Enter.
Note: For CB 540A A1/B1, we guarantee OS boot only in Leagacy mode. Thus, do not change the following item. • System Boot Mode • Driver Health Check The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-75 Boot Modes sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Boot • [UEFI and Sets which Boot Manager uses to boot, UEFI Mode Legacy] Driver or Option ROM. • UEFI Only UEFI Only: Uses UEFI Driver. Select this for • Legacy Only OS boot in UEFI mode. Legacy Only: Uses Option ROM, not UEFI Driver. Select this for OS boot in Leagacy mode.
UEFI setup menu 2-87 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description UEFI and Legacy: Attempts to boot in UEFI mode first. If the first attemt fails, the second is performed in Legacy mode.
Optimized Boot • [Enable] Sets Optimized Boot where minimum drivers • Disable are loaded to optimize the boot time.
Quiet Boot • [Enable] Sets Quiet Boot where the sytem summary • Disable view is prevented.
Driver Health • [All] Sets a range for Driver Health Check. Check • Onboard Only • None
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
System Event Logs The System Event Logs of server blade are displayed.
User Security Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-76 User Security menu items
Menu items Description
Set Power-On Password Sets a power-on password.
Clear Power-On Password Deletes a power-on password.
Set Admin Password Sets an administrator password.
Clear Admin Password Deletes an administrator password.
Note: • Once a password is set, you need to enter the password when completing the system boot or accessing Configuration/Setup menu. With configuratrion of N+M, HA, or automatic bootup of OS, do not set a password. If you do, password authentication interferes with switching systems at failover; password authentication function interferes the server blade startup. Thus, those processes cannot be completed properly. • A password must consist of 6 up to 20 any ASCII printable characters.
2-88 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Save Settings Select Save Settings and press Enter to save the new settings.
Restore Settings Select Restore Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the previous settings.
Load Default Settings Select Load Default Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the factory default settings.
Exit Setup Select Exit Setup and press Enter to exit from the setup menu. When the dialog to select either you want to exit setup menu or return to setup utility appeared, press Y to exit the setup menu.
Tip: If you have unsaved changes,
UEFI setup menu items (CB 520X)
This section describes UEFI setup menu items for CB 520X.
System Configuration and Boot Management Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-77 System Configuration and Boot Management menu items
Menu items Description
System Information Displays the basic system information, which cannot be changed.
System Settings Displays the system settings.
Data and Time Displays the local date and time of the system.
UEFI setup menu 2-89 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Start Options Displays and sets boot options including boot sequence, keyboard Numlock status, PXE boot option, and boot priority of PCI devices.
Boot Manager Displays the boot priority order; adds, deletes a boot device; changes the boot order; sets boot from a file, one-time boot; or resets the system.
System Event Logs Displays the system event logs display menu.
User Security Sets/changes power-on and administrative passwords.
Save Settings Saves the new settings.
Restore Settings Discards any changes you made and restore to the original settings.
Load Default Settings Returns settings to the default values.
Exit Setup Exits the Setup menu.
System Information Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-78 System Information menu items
Menu items Description
Node Detail Displays the node information only in SMP configuration.
Product Data Displays the product data. See Product Data Sub menu on page 2-91.
System Summary Displays the basic system information. See System Summary Sub menu on page 2- 91 for the details.
Node Detail Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. This menu appears only in SMP configuration.
Table 2-79 Product Data menu items
Menu items Description
Node [1] Serial # Displays Node 1 information.
Node [2] Serial # Displays Node 2 information.
Node [3] Serial # Displays Node 3 information.
Node [4] Serial # Displays Node 4 information.
2-90 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Product Data Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-80 Product Data menu items
Menu items Description
Host Firmware
Build ID Displays the UEFI build ID number.
Version Displays the UEFI version.
Build Date Displays the UEFI build date.
BMC
Build ID Displays the BMC build ID number.
Version Displays the BMC version.
Build Date Displays the BMC build date.
System Summary Sub menu The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-81 System Summary menu items
Menu items Description
System Identification Data(Not shown with the server blade firmware version 06-10 or later)
Machine Type/Model Displays the machine type.
Serial Number Displays the serial number.
UUID Number Displays the UUID.
Asset Tag Number Displays the asset tag.
Processor
Installed CPU packages Displays the number of installed processor packages.
Processor Speed Displays the processor speed.
QPI Link Speed Displays the QPI link speed.
Processor Details Displays details of the installed processors.
Memory
Memory Mode Displays the memory mode.
Memory Speed Displays the installed memory speed.
Total Memory Size Displays the total installed memory size.
Memory Voltage Displays the memory operating voltage.
UEFI setup menu 2-91 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide System Settings Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following items. If you change the settings, UEFI may not start up. • Adapters and UEFI Drivers • Devices and I/O Ports • Legacy Support • Network • Storage For Emulex 8 GB FC mezzanine card or Emulex CNA mezzanine card (Personality: FCoE/iSCSI), however, see Hitachi Compute Blade Emulex Adapter User's Guide for Hardware to set the following two items. – Network – Storage For Hitachi Gigabit fibre channel adapter, however, see Hitachi Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter USER'S GUIDE (BIOS/EFI Edition) to set the following two items. – Adapters and UEFI Drivers – Storage The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-82 System Settings menu items
Menu items Description
Adaptors and UEFI Displays information about adapters and UEFI drivers on the Drivers server blade.
Devices and I/O Ports Displays devices and I/O port options of settings.
Driver Health Displays the driver status.
Legacy Support Displays the legacy support setting window.
Memory Displays and provides option to change the memory settings. See Memory sub menu on page 2-93.
Network Selects the Network setup options.
Power Selects the Power setup options.
Processors Displays and provides option to change the processor settings. See Processors sub menu on page 2-96.
Recovery and RAS Displays the Recovery setting window. See Recovery and RAS sub menu on page 2-97.
Security Selects the TPM setup options. See Security sub menu on page 2-98.
Storage Selects this option to see all the Storage Device options.
2-92 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Memory sub menu Select the item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window.
Table 2-83 Memory menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Memory Details - Displays the status of each system memory. See System Memory Details on page 2-94.
Total Memory Size - Displays the total memory size.
Memory Voltage - Displays the memory operating voltage.
Memory Mode • Lockstep Selects a memory operating mode. • [Independent]
Memory Speed • [Auto] Sets a maximum value on memory • Force DDR3 1066 clock frequency. • Force DDR3 1333 • Force DDR3 1600
DDR Voltage Level • Auto Sets the memory operating voltage. • [Force to 1.50V]
Memory Power • Disable Sets Memory Power Management. Management • [Automatic]
Socket Interleave • Non-NUMA Sets Memory Socket Interleave. • [NUMA]
Patrol Scrub • [Enable] Sets the patrol scrubbing which • Disable proactively searches the memory to repair correctable errors.
Memory Data • Disable Sets the memory data scrambling. Scrambling • [Enable]
Mirroring2 • [Disable] Sets the memory mirroring. • Enable
Sparing2 • [Disable] Sets the memory sparing. • Enable
Memory Deconfigure Memory which are plugged in can be Mode disabled by this menu. Memories can be disabled/Enabled per memory controller. See Memory Deconfigure Mode Details on page 2-96.
Notes:
UEFI setup menu 2-93 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
2. When Mirroing is enabled, you cannot set Sparing. Conversely, when Sparing is enabled, you cannot set Mirroring.
System Memory Details Place the cursor on a node to display, and press Enter. This menu appears only in SMP configuration.
Tip: Currently installed nodes are displayed on the window.
Place the cursor on a processor to display, and press Enter.
2-94 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Currently installed processors are displayed on the window.
Select a processor to show the details of memory connected to the processor.
Tip: EMPTY: DIMM is not installed in the DIMM slot. Present, Enabled: DIMM is available.
UEFI setup menu 2-95 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Memory Deconfigure Mode Details Select a DIMM group per memory controller to disable or enable, and press Enter.
Processors sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-84 Processors menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Turbo Mode • Disable Sets a CPU Turbo Mode, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot. Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Processor Performance • Disable Sets CPU EIST, which is enabled after States • [Enable] the reboot.
C-States • Disable Sets a CPU power saving mode, which • [Enable] is enabled after the reboot.
Package ACPI C-State • ACPI C2 Sets a C-State upper limit in the CPU Limit • [ACPI C3] idle mode. Not displayed when C-States is disabled.
2-96 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
C1 Enhanced Mode • Disable Sets CPU Enhanced C1E State, which is • [Enable] enabled after the reboot.
Hyper-Threading • Disable Sets CPU Hyper Threading. • [Enable] Shown only when supported by installed CPUs.
Execute Disable Bit • Disable With "Disable", the response is always • [Enable] "0" for XD feature flag.
Intel Virtualization • Disable Sets Vanderpool Technology, which is Technology • [Enable] Intel's new virtualization technology.
Enable SMX • [Disable] Sets the safe mode. • Enable
Hardware Prefetcher • Disable Sets Hardware Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Adjacent Cache • Disable Sets Adjacent Cache Prefetcher. Prefetcher • [Enable]
DCU Streamer • Disable Sets DCU Streamer Prefetcher. Prefetcher • [Enable]
DCU IP Prefetcher • Disable Sets DCU IP Prefetcher. • [Enable]
Direct Cache Access • Disable Sets that the I/O device can transfer (DCA) • [Enable] data directly to CPU cache.
Cores in CPU Package • [All] Sets running cores in the CPU package. • 1-14
QPI Link Frequency • Minimal Power Sets the number of clock frequencies in • Balanced Quick Path Interconnect (QPI) Link. • [Max Performance]
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Recovery and RAS sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Place the cursor on a menu to set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-97 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 2-85 Recovery and RAS sub menu items
Menu items Selection Description
Advanced RAS - Sets the failure deconfiguraion to CPU and DIMM. See Advanced RAS for details.
Backup Bank Management - Sets tha backup management.
Disk GPT Recovery - Set the dsk GPT recovery
System Recovery - Sets the system recovery.
Advanced RAS Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select the item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-86 RAS Configuration menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
Machine Check Recovery • Disable Enable or Disable Machine Check Recovery. • [Enable]
PCI Live Error Recovery • [Disable] Enable or Disable PCI Live Error Recovery. • Enable
PCIe Isolation2 • Enable Enable or Disable PCIe Isolation. • [Disable]
Hardware Memory Dump2 • Enable Enable or Disable Hardware Memory Dump. • [Disable]
Dump Partition2 No Present Enable or Disable Dump Partition.
Post Process2 [Spinloop] Sets Spinloop for Post Process.
Deconfigured Mode • [Disable] Enable or Disable DIMM Deconfigured Mode. • Enable Shown with the server blade firmware version 06-10 or later.
POST Fail Retry • Disable Enable or Disable POST Fail Retry. POST Retry • [Enable] is performed automatically when EFI firmware detects any memory failure at POST.
Notes:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
2. This item is not supported by and can not be configured on CB 520X.
Security sub menu Place the cursor on a menu to set, and press Enter.
2-98 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select a menu to set, and press Enter.
Table 2-87 Security sub menu items
Menu items Selection Description
Secure Boot Configuration - Sets the secure boot configuration.
Trusted Platform Module - Displays TPM option setting window. See (TPM 1.2) Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2) on page 2-99 for details.
Trusted Platform Module (TPM 1.2) Place the cursor on an item to set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following item. If you change the settings in a poor attempt, UEFI may not start up. • MOR State The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-88 System Security sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
TPM Status
TPM Physical Presence - Displays the status of TPM Physical Presence.
TPM Device State - Displays TPM Device State.
MOR Status - Displays MOR (memory overwrite request) status. This item is displayed with EFI firmware version 04-00 or later.
Refresh TPM Status - Refreshes the display of TPM status.
TPM Settings
TPM Device • [Disable] Enables or disables TPM Device. • Enable
TPM State • [Deactivate] Performs TPM Activation. • Activate This item is only displayed when TPM Device is Enable.
MOR State • [Disable] Enable or Disable MOR (memory overwrite • Enable request). This item is displayed with EFI firmware version 04-00 or later.
TPM Force Clear - Deletes the TPM data.
UEFI setup menu 2-99 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
TPM device settings Enable the status of Trusted Platform Module (TPM) device. Use the following procedure for enabling the TPM Device.
1. Confirm that "TPM Physical Presence" value is
2. Select
3. "Success!!Reboot required to enable this change." is displayed.
4. "TPM State" menu is added in the System Security sub menu when "TPM Device" value is
5. Select
Date and Time Select an item to display or set, and press Enter. The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-89 Data and Time menu items
Menu items Selection Description
System Date Increases or decreases the Sets the local date of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] date as mm/dd/yyyy. keys.
System Time Increases or decreases the Sets the local time of the system. Sets the setting value using [+], [-] time as hh:mm:ss in the form of 24 hours. keys.
Start Options Select an item to boot, and press Enter. Select a target device to set boot, and press Enter. The target device will be booted first. The items to be displayed may be different depending on the setting of Boot Manager.
2-100 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide For the details, see Boot Manager on page 2-101.
Boot Manager Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Note: Do not change the settings of the following item. If you change the settings in a poor attempt, UEFI may not start up. • Boot From File • Boot From Device • UEFI Shell The following table shows description of menu items displayed in the left side of the window. Select an item to set, and press Enter.
Table 2-90 Boot Manager menu items
Menu items Description
Primary Boot Sequence
Add Boot Option Adds a device or file system to the boot option. See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-102.
Delete Boot Option Deletes a device or file system from the boot option, which is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-102.
Change Boot Order Changes boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-103.
Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence
Add WOL Boot Adds a device or file system to the WOL boot option. Option See Add Boot Option sub menu on page 2-102.
Delete WOL Boot Deletes a device or file system from the WOL boot option, which Option is enabled in the next boot. See Delete Boot Option sub menu on page 2-102.
Change WOL Boot Change the WOL boot orders, which are enabled in the next boot. Order See Change Boot Order sub menu on page 2-103.
Boot Other
Boot From File Boots up from a specific device or file.
Boot From Device Boots up from a specific device path.
Select Next One- Tries to boot from a specific target only on the next boot. Time Boot
System
Boot Modes Displays the window to change system boot modes.
Reset System Restart the system.
UEFI setup menu 2-101 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: If the OS image cannot be found through the boot device or PXE server, the server blade may reboot again and again. Confirm the connection of boot device or PXE server in this case.
Add Boot Option sub menu Select Generic Boot Option, and press Enter.
Note: You can only add Standard Boot Options. Do not add Advanced Boot Options.
Tip: To boot from a device not included in Boot Order, add it to Boot Option for both Primary Boot Sequence and Secondary (WOL) Boot Sequence. Select Add Boot Option in a category depending on your pourpose. Select an item to add, and press Enter.
Note: • Do not add unnecessary items, which may cause lead to some troubles including longer boot time. • Do not add Legacy Only. CB 520X model does not support the boot in Legacy Mode.
Tip: To return to the Boot Manager, highlight the target item, and then press Enter and Esc twice.
Delete Boot Option sub menu Select the check box of the item to delete, and press Enter.
2-102 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide And Select a Commit Changes and Exit and press Enter.
Note: If you delete boot options in a poor attempt, trouble may occur such as boot failure.
Tip: You can delete WOL Boot Option in Delete WOL Boot Option menu in the same way.
Change Boot Order sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-103 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can change WOL Boot Order in Change WOL Boot Order menu in the same way.
The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-91 Change Boot Order menu items
Menu items Description
Change the Displays bootable devices currently available in the boot attempt order order. To change orders, select and highlight a device with up/down cursor keys, change the order with [+]/[-] keys, and press Enter.
Commit Changes Commits changes. You need to save the new settings before exiting from the setup menu
Boot Modes sub menu Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-92 Boot Modes sub menu items
Menu items Selection1 Description
System Boot • [UEFI Mode] Sets which Boot Manager uses to boot, UEFI Driver Mode • Legacy Mode or Option ROM. UEFI Mode: Uses UEFI Driver. Select this for OS boot in UEFI mode.
2-104 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Selection1 Description Legacy Mode: Uses Option ROM, not UEFI Driver. Select this for OS boot in Leagacy mode.
Optimized Boot • [Enable] Sets Optimized Boot where minimum drivers are • Disable loaded to optimize the boot time.
Quiet Boot • [Enable] Sets Quiet Boot where the sytem summary view is • Disable prevented.
Fast Boot • Enable Sets whether to reduce the boot time or not. • [Disable] Shown with the server blade firmware version 06-10 or later. Important: The following features are limited when Fast Boot is enabled. • N+M Cold Standby • Retry POST when detected Memory error • PCIe Link Check
Note:
1. A value in square brackets, [ ], shows the default.
Note: Important: In order to use the Fast Boot, the system must have internal system configuration data which is created by EFI at OS bootup. If user changed a system settings, the internal system configuration data must be renewed by OS bootup with Fast Boot disabled. The following conditions are required for Fast Boot. • User must boot an OS on the system at least one time before using Fast Boot. • Any system configuration change (such as Memory or I/O) will not be allowed during using FastBoot. • Not after Load default setting or not after FW Update. • Not after change the Memory RAS setting and others.
Note: Important: The following features doesn't work when FastBoot enabled. N+M cold Standby Some health check features such as POST retry, Link check
System Event Logs The System Event Logs of server blade are displayed.
User Security Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
UEFI setup menu 2-105 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items appeared in the left side of the window. Select an item to display or set, and press Enter.
Table 2-93 User Security menu items
Menu items Description
Set Power-On Password Sets a power-on password.
Clear Power-On Password Deletes a power-on password.
Set Admin Password Sets an administrator password.
Clear Admin Password Deletes an administrator password.
Note: • Once a password is set, you need to enter the password when completing the system boot or accessing Configuration/Setup menu. With configuratrion of N+M, HA, or automatic bootup of OS, do not set a password. If you do, password authentication interferes with switching systems at failover; password authentication function interferes the server blade startup. Thus, those processes cannot be completed properly. • A password must consist of 6 up to 20 any ASCII printable characters.
Save Settings Select Save Settings and press Enter to save the new settings.
Restore Settings Select Restore Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the previous settings.
Load Default Settings Select Load Default Settings and press Enter to cancel the change in settings and to restore to the factory default settings.
Note: The following phenomena occur when a server blade carries Broadcom 1Gb 4p/8p LAN mezzanine cards. When you execute "Load Default Settings" on CB520X EFI BIOS menu, messages below are displayed separately.
2-106 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Press the Enter key until messages are not displayed. For 1 port, a message is displayed 1 or 3 times. In the case of 1Gb 4p mezzanine card, you will need to press the enter key 4 or 12 times in total.
Exit Setup Select Exit Setup and press Enter to exit from the setup menu. When the dialog to select either you want to exit setup menu or return to setup utility appeared, press Y to exit the setup menu.
Tip: If you have unsaved changes,
Software license information
Software incorporated in UEFI consists of independent multiple pieces of software. Each of them is copyrighted by Hitachi, Ltd. or third parties. The property rights and the intellectual property right of software incorporated in UEFI, which Hitachi, Ltd. itself has developed or created, are owned by Hitachi, Ltd. The property rights and the intellectual property rights of documents related to the software are owned by Hitachi, Ltd. Those are protected by the copyright and other laws. UEFI uses the following open source software in compliance with each software license agreement as well as software developed or created by Hitachi, Ltd.
Table 2-94 Open source software
Software License Agreement
Tianocore BSD License/Eclipse License/FAT32 License/TianoCore.Org Contribution EFI Agreement Visit the following URLs http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/tianocore/index.php? title=BSD_License_from_Intel http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/tianocore/index.php? title=Eclipse http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/tianocore/index.php? title=FAT32_License http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/tianocore/index.php? title=Contribution_Agreement
UEFI setup menu 2-107 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2-108 UEFI setup menu Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008
This chapter describes the functionality of MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008.
□ Configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Operation for MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Starting MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Menu configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Switching display modes
□ Building disk arrays
□ BIOS settings: enabled or disabled
□ Exiting MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Disk with foreign configuration
□ Status
□ BIOS messages
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
This section describes the MegaRAID WebBIOS configuration. See the following chart.
Figure 3-1 MegaRAID WebBIOS configuration
Tip: "Controller Selection" is displayed as "Adapter Selection" in the window.
Operation for MegaRAID WebBIOS
For MegaRAID WebBIOS, you can set individual items by using the following keys and mouse.
Table 3-1 mouse
Key/mouse Operation
Mouse Moves the cursor.
3-2 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Key/mouse Operation
Mouse – left button Selects an item that the mouse cursor is placed on. Moves the cursor to an item to which the mouse cursor points. Selects a disk array or physical disk.
Tip: Connect a mouse to the remote console before starting MegaRAID WebBIOS.
Table 3-2 keys
Key Operation
[Tab] Moves the cursor in order.1
[Shift] + [Tab]2 Moves the cursor in reverse order.
[Enter], [Space] • Selects the item that the cursor is placed on. • Determines an item setting. • Determines a disk array or physical disk.
[(], [(] • Selects a disk array or physical disk. • Selects a setting value.
[Shift] , [Ctrl] Selects multiple disk arrays or disks.
[0] to [9] Enters a numerical value.
[Delete], [Back Space] Deletes an entered value.
Notes:
1. The item selected by the cursor is encircled by the dotted line.
2. This indicates that you should press and hold the [Shift] key and press the [Tab] key.
Note: The main menu of the MegaRAID WebBIOS utility includes Menu Icon, which is not used in operation with the keyboard.
Tip: It may be hard to find the cursor on some windowes. In this case, press Tab key or Shift + Tab keys to find the cursor, and then move the cursor to the position where you want to move it. When operating MegaRAID WebBIOS only with the keyboard, replace the mouse with the keyboard as follows: • "Click (an object)." Put the cursor on (the object) and press the Enter key or Space key. • "Click a check mark on (an object)." Put the cursor on (the object) and press the Enter key or Space key. Execute a specific operation in setting or configuring a disk array as follows: • Click Menu > Logical View > Physical View in the main menu:
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Press Tab key or press Tab and Shift keys to move the cursor among Menu, Logical View, and Physical View. – In the main menu, press Tab key once to move the cursor to Controller Selection (selected status). – Move the cursor to Exit using Tab key. With the cursor on Exit, press Tab key once, and the cursor moves to Logical View or Physical View on the right on the window (selected status). – With the cursor on Logical View or Physical View, press Tab key twice, and the cursor moves to Controller Selection on the left of the window (selected status).
Tip: You can select a disk or disk array using ↑ and ↓ keys on the selection window of Logical View or Physical View. • Setting items in each menu: To change a setting value, put the cursor on the setting item box, and then select a new setting value using ↑ and ↓ keys or enter the setting value using the numerical keys. • Selecting multiple disks in disk array configuration: Press and hold Shift key and select disks using ↑ and ↓ keys, and then press Enter or Space key.
Starting MegaRAID WebBIOS
1. Start the remote console, and then power on the server blade. Click Power > Power On in the tool bar of the remote console.
3-4 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. When the following window is displayed, confirm that the underlined disk array controller is "MegaRAID SAS MR9240-8i", and then press Ctrl + H keys.
When the OS has started before pressing the key, shut down the OS and restart the server blade. See the documents attached to your OS for shutting down.
Tip: When the storage expansion blade has multiple disk array controllers, the following window is displayed. When press Ctrl + H keys in the above window that the underlined disk array controller is "MegaRAID SAS 9240-8i", MegaRAID WebBIOS that correspond to the storage expansion blade is started. If you start MegaRAID WebBIOS incorrectly, exit MegaRAID WebBIOS, and then restart the system unit.
3. The MegaRAID WebBIOS is started and Adapter Selection is displayed.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Press Ctrl key once.
Note: If Ctrl key is not pressed, your keyboard and mouse may not operate properly. If the keyboard or mouse is not available when you operate MegaRAID WebBIOS, press Ctrl key once.
5. View the column of Type in Adapter Selection, and confirm that the disk array controller is "MegaRAID SAS 9240-8i".
6. Press Enter key once.
7. The main menu is displayed.
3-6 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: If a disk is different from the disk array configuration recorded in the disk array controller board, the following window is displayed. See Disk with foreign configuration on page 3-56 when the following window is displayed.
Window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
The window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS is shown below.
1. Menu icon The following table describes the function of menu icons.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 3-3 Menu icons
Icon at the upper left Operation of icon on the window
Return to the main menu.
Return to the previous window.
Finish the utility.
Temporarily stop ringing the buzzer on the disk array controller board. 1
Display the version of MegaRAID Web BIOS.
Note:
1. This function is not supported.
2. Menu items Menu items for MegaRAID WebBIOS are displayed. Click each item to go to the respective menu window.
3. Logical View/Physical View Disks or disk arrays connected to the disk array controller are displayed.
Tip: Click a disk from disks displayed in Logical View or Physical View, and the same window is displayed as one when you select Virtual Drives > Properties from the menu. Select a disk array from disks displayed in Logical View, and the same window is displayed as the one when you click Drives > Properties from the menu.
Menu configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
This section describes the setting items and values for MegaRAID WebBIOS. • In the table for each menu, default values are enclosed in << >>. • In the table for each menu, recommended values are enclosed in [ ]. Example: [<
3-8 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Unless otherwise specified, use the recommended values for all setting items. If you set non-recommended values, the equipment would not be supported and might not operate properly.
Main menu Start MegaRAID WebBIOS, and the following main menu is displayed. Click the target item that you want to set or display.
The following table shows description of menu items in the left side of window.
Table 3-4 Main menu items
Menu items Description
Advanced Software Options Sets expansion functions.
Controller Selection1 Returns to the Controller Selection window.
Controller Properties Displays and sets the hardware information on the disk array controller board.
Scan Devices Scans the installed devices.
Virtual Drives Displays and sets the disk array (logical drive) information.
Drives Displays and sets the disk (physical drive) information.
Configuration Wizard Configures or formats disk arrays.
Physical View Switches display modes.
Events Displays events.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Exit Ends the MegaRAID web BIOS.
Note:
1. This menu is displayed as Adapter Selection on the Controller Selection window.
Tip: Do not use Advanced Software Options and Events because they are not supported.
Controller properties: menu for setting the disk array controller board You can review the hardware information about the disk array controller board. Click Controller Properties from the main menu. The following Controller Information window is displayed. If you want to change the setting, click Next.
The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 3-5 Controller properties menu items
Menu items Description
Serial Number Serial number
SubVendorID Sub-vendor ID
SubDeviceID Sub-device ID
3-10 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
HostInterface Host interface
Firmware Version Firmware version
FW Package Version Firmware package version
Firmware Time Current time that firmware recognizes
WebBIOS Version MegaRAID WebBIOS version
Drive Count Number of installed physical devices
Unconfig Good SpinDown SpinDown setting mode for unused disks
FRU Board names for maintenance
Drive Security Capable Physical drive security capability: Yes or No
PortCount Number of installed ports
NVRAM Size Size of installed NVRAM
Memory Size Size of installed memory
Min Strip Size Minimum strip size
Max Strip Size Maximum strip size
Virtual Drive Count Existing number of array configurations (logical devices)
Hot Spare Spin Down Disk spin-down mode set to HotSpare.
Drive Standby Time Processing time required before Drive Standby starts
Tip: You cannot change the settings for those items displayed above.
Controller properties submenu 1 Click Next in the Controller Information window. The following Controller Properties window is displayed. If you want to change the setting, select or input the value from the pulldown menu. If you want to indicate another controller property, click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 3-6 Controller properties submenu 1 items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Battery Backup Status of battery backup unit None installation
Set Factory Defaults2 Returning all the settings to their Unchangeable defaults values
Cluster Mode3 Setting the cluster mode [<
Rebuild Rate3 Priority of rebuilding 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
BGI Rate3 Priority of background initializing 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
CC Rate3 Priority of consistency check 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Reconstruction Rate3 Priority of capacity expansion 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
NCQ3 Enabling or disabling the NCQ [<
Coercion Mode1 Setting the capacity control for [<
S.M.A.R.T Polling4 Setting the interval of S.M.A.R.T. 0 to 65535 / <<300>> / [600] reporting
3-12 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
Alarm Control Sounding the buzzer on the [<
Patrol Read Rate3 Priority of patrol reading 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Cache Flush Interval3 Flush timing for write-cache data 1 to 255 / [<<4>>]
Spinup Drive Count4 Number of disk motors to start 0, <<1>> to 8 / [2] at system startup
Spinup Delay3 Timing for disk motors to start at 0 to xxx / [<<6>>] system startup
Notes:
1. This can be changed only when no disk arrays have been set at all.
2. Do not use "Set Factory Defaults." This setting must be changed to the recommended values.
3. Always use the "Default" setting.
4. Always use the recommended values.
Tip: Place the mouse cursor on a setting item and left-click the mouse to change the setting values. Or, left-click the mouse to move the cursor and enter a value from the keyboard. Click Submit after the setting.
Controller properties submenu 2 Click Next in the Properties: Controller properties submenu 1 window. The following window is displayed.
Note: Do not set the value of items Stop CC On Error, Schedule CC, Maintain PD Fail History, Disk Activity, and Manage Powersave. They are not supported.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-13 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 3-7 Controller properties submenu 2 items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Stop CC On Error1 Sets an operation when an [<
Maintain PD Fail Sets whether or not a failed [<
Controller BIOS3 Enables the disk array [<
Manage Powersave1 Sets powersaving disk. When [Setting] is clicked, the window moves to "Power Saving Setting Menu".
Schedule CC1 Sets a consistency check When [Supported] is clicked, the schedule. window moves to "Schedule CC Page: Schedule Consistency Check setting submenu".
StopOnError2 Sets whether or not boot [<
Disk Activity1 Sets switching disk LEDs. [<
Notes:
3-14 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
1. Do not set this item because it is not supported.
2. Use this item with the default setting.
3. When using the storage expansion blade, you must enable the Controller BIOS for LSI SAS 2008 and confirm that Controller BIOS for LSI SAS 2208 is disabled. For Controller BIOS of LSI SAS 2208, see Controller properties submenu 3 on page 4-17.
Schedule CC page: schedule consistency check setting submenu Click Supported of Schedule CC in the Properties: Controller Properties submenu 2 window. The following window is displayed.
Note: Do not set the value of this item. This item is not supported
The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 3-8 Schedule CC page menu items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
CC Frequency Sets the CC schedule function: [Disable (invalid schedule)] / Enable or Disable Continuous / Hourly / Daily / <
CC Start (mm/dd/ Sets on what date the [01/01/2000] / Appropriate yyyy) consistency check starts. value1
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-15 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
CC Start Time Sets on what time the [12:00 AM] / 03:00 AM / consistency check starts. Appropriate value1
CC Mode Sets if the consistency check is [Sequential (a consistency executed on multiple disk check per array)] / arrays. <
Select VDs to Specifies a disk array on which Choose any array configuration. Execute CC the consistency check is not executed.
Note:
1. This value is set automatically when CC Frequency is set to Disable.
Power Save Setting: Power Save setting submenu Click Settings of Manage Powersave in the Properties: Controller Properties submenu 2 window. The following window is displayed.
The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 3-9 Schedule CC page menu items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Specify the power save Display the power save setting ‐ setting below of disk.
3-16 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
Unconfigured drivers Enabling not used disks. Select (to enable)/ [<
Hot spare drives Enabling the disk setting of Select (to enable)/ hotspare disks. [<
Configured drives Enabling the disk setting of disk [<
Virtual drives: viewing and setting disk array information You can display and change the information on the disk array (logical drive) that is already set.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
2. The following window will be displayed. Click a disk array for viewing information and changing the setting from the list on the upper right pane. Check Properties > Go.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-17 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. The disk array properties window will be displayed.
The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
3-18 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 3-10 Virtual drives menu items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Properties
RAID Level RAID level -
Status Status of the disk array -
Strip Size Strip size of the disk array -
Capacity Size of the disk array -
Policies
Access1 Access mode [<
I/O Setting the read-cache operation [<
Default Write Setting the write cache of the [<
Read Read policy [<
Disk Cache1 Setting the cache installed in a [Disable (cache: not used)] / physical disk [Enable (cache: used) / <
Disable BGI1 Setting the background <
Note:
1. Set the default value or recommended value to use this item.
Drives: viewing physical disk information You can display the information on the physical disk in the physical drive connected to the disk array controller.
1. Click Drives in the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-19 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. Click a disk array to review information from the list on the upper right pane. Check Properties > Go. The Disk property menu window is displayed.
Disk property menu 1 If you want to display the other disk property menu, click Next.
3-20 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items in the left side of window.
Table 3-11 Disk property menu1 items
Menu items Description
Connector Connector of the connected disk array controller board
Enclosure ID ID number of the connected enclosure device
Mode name Disk mode name
Vendor Vendor name
Revision Firmware version
Slot Number Number of the slot installed
Device Type Device type
Connected Port Port number of the connected disk array controller board
Tip: Items described in the table above cannot be changed.
Disk property menu 2 If you want to display the other disk property menu, click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-21 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items in the left side of window.
Table 3-12 Disk property menu2 items
Menu items Description
Media Errors Number of detected media errors
Pred Fail Count Number of reported S.M.R.T warnings
SAS Address SAS address
Physical Drive State Status
Certified Certification
FDE Capable With or without encryption function
Max Device Speed Maximum speed at which a physical disk can operate
Link Speed Link speed of an interface
Tip: • Items in the above table cannot be changed. • For the hard disk status, see Status on page 3-58. • Media Errors and Pred Fail Count are cleared when the server blade is powered off.
3-22 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Disk property menu 3
The following table shows description of menu items in the left side of window.
Table 3-13 Disk property menu3 items
Menu items Description
Temperature (Celsius) Disk temperature
Tip: The item described in the table above cannot be changed.
Switching display modes
This section describes switching disk array display modes in the main menu. There are two types of display mode: Logical View and Physical View. The Logical View mode displays a list of disk array configurations that are already set. The Physical View mode displays a list of physical disks comprising a disk array configuration.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-23 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: The Logical View mode is applied when the MegaRAID WebBIOS is started. To switch to the physical view mode, click Physical View in the Logical View mode of the main menu. To switch to the logical view mode, click Logical View in the Physical View mode of the main menu.
Building disk arrays
This section describes the procedure for building disk arrays.
3-24 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The building of disk arrays should be entirely performed with Configuration Wizard.
Note: Do not change the disk array during system operations. If you change the disk array, all data will be lost from those disks due to change in the disk array.
Note: Set each item to the recommended value unless otherwise specific directions are given. Otherwise, the system may not properly operate. We have no responsibility for the malfunction due to the setting except our recommended values. You can build 16 disk arrays maximum per Drive Group.
Building disk arrays This section describes the procedure for building new disk arrays.
Building disk arrays for RAID 0 and 1 Here is a procedure for building disk arrays for RAID 0 and 1.
Note: RAID0 with a single disk does not have redundancy. When an error occurs in a disk, all data in the disk may be lost. We recommend that RAID1 should be created to improve fault tolerance with data redundancy.
1. Click Configuration Wizard in the main menu.
2. Click New Configuration or Add Configuration box, and then click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-25 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: If you select New Configuration, all data in the disks is lost. Backup your required data before selecting New Configuration.
Tip: • When you click New Configuration, you lose the data in the existing disk arrays. This should be selected when you discard the data in the existing disk array and build a new one. • When you click New Configuration, the following window is displayed first. Click Yes to build new disk array.
3. Click Manual Configuration > Next.
3-26 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Click a disk in Drives pane for building disk array. Select a hard disk in Drives pane when building a disk array with hard disk on status of "Unconfigured Good" (unused). Go to step 7 without selecting a hard disk when adding disk array to the existing drive group.
The number of disks required varies depending on the RAID level to be set. The following table summarizes the number of disks required.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-27 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 3-14 Number of disks required
RAID level Number of disks required
RAID 0 (including JBOD) 1 or more
RAID 1 2
Tip: You can select only a disk which status is "Unconfigured Good" (unused). To select multiple disks, click the disks while pressing Ctrl key.
5. After selecting all disks to build a disk array, click Add To Array.
6. Status of those selected disks is Online as shown in the Drives pane. Click Accept DG.
3-28 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: To release a disk from [Online], select the disk and click Reclaim.
7. Click Next.
8. Select the target Drive Group from the Array With Free Space menu, and then click Add to SPAN.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-29 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9. Click Next.
10. Specify the RAID level, strip size, read policy, write policy, and disk array size as shown in the table below: Set each item in the following value to the recommended value, unless otherwise specified. Click Accept.
3-30 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 3-15 Specify the RAID level, strip size, and policies
Menu items Description Setting/display value
RAID Level1 RAID Level Specify any level.
Strip Size2 Strip size 2KB/4KB/8KB /16KB/32KB/ (only for RAID 0) [<<64KB>>]/128KB
Access Policy3 Access policy [<
Read Policy Read policy [<
Write Policy Write policy [<
IO Policy Read-cache operation [<
Disk Cache 4 Setting the disk cache [<
Disable BGI4 Setting the background <
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-31 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
Select Size5 Size of a disk array Enter any value within the maximum capacity value. The lowest available value is 64 KB.
Notes:
1. When building the existing Drive Group to add a disk array, changing of RAID Levels are not supported.
2. For RAID 1 set 64KB by default.
3. Always use it in the default or recommended value.
4. Change from the default value to the recommended value.
5. Maximum capacity values that can be set are shown under [Next LD, Possible RAID Levels] at the right of the window. Change to any value until the maximum capacity value for your RAID level. Change to the value after deleting all values when changing the value. When entering the maximum capacity value, click the Update Size button.
Note: When a drive group containes multiple disk arrays, specify the same setting values on all disk arrays in the drive group.
Tip: If you specify a larger disk array size than the maximum capacity, Unacceptable size is displayed on the window and all the setting items are initialized. You need to reset all items to the correct size.
11. Click Yes.
12. Click Next.
3-32 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 13. Click Accept.
14. Click Yes.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-33 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 15. Click No.
16. The window returns to the main menu.
17. See the following Initializing disk arrays on page 3-34, and then initialize the created disk array.
Initializing disk arrays This section describes the procedure for initializing disk arrays
3-34 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: When a disk array is initialized, all data in those disks including the disk array information is lost. Backup your required data before initializing a disk array.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
2. In the list of disk arrays displayed in the upper right pane, click a disk array configuration to be initialized. Click Slow Initialize box, and then click Go.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-35 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Click Yes.
4. The following progress of initialization in the left pane is displayed.
5. Wait until the processing is completed to 100%. A guideline of initialization time is shown in the following table.
Table 3-16 Guideline of initialization
Single disk capacity Initialization time
300GB (SAS type) Approximately 50 minutes
Tip: The initialization time varies depending on the single disk capacity regardless of the RAID level or disk array capacity.
6. When initialization is completed to 100%, click Home to return to the main menu.
3-36 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7. The window returns to the main menu.
Deleting disk arrays This section describes the procedure for deleting disk arrays.
Note: When a disk array is initialized, all data in those disks including the disk array information is lost. Backup your required data before initializing a disk array.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-37 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Deleting all disk arrays simultaneously
1. Click Configuration Wizard in the main menu.
2. Check Clear Configuration and click Next.
3. Click Yes.
3-38 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The window returns to the main menu.
Deleting disk arrays selectively
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-39 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. From the list displayed in the upper right pane, click a disk array to be deleted. Then click Properties > Go.
3. Click Delete > Go in the Operations pane.
3-40 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Click Yes.
5. The window returns to the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-41 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Checking disk arrays for consistency This section describes how to check the consistency of disk arrays. Consistency check can be done from MegaRAID Storage Manager. See MegaRAID Storage Manager Version xxx Instruction Manual in the DriverKit CD-ROM for how to check the consistency from the MegaRAID Storage Manager.
Tip: Consistency check on disk arrays can be executed only for RAID 1.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
3-42 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. From the list displayed in the upper right pane, click a disk array to be checked the consistency, and then check Properties > Go.
3. Click CC > Go.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-43 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The progress of consistency check is displayed in the following Operations pane. Wait until the processing is completed to 100%.
5. When the consistency check is completed to 100%, click Home.
3-44 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The window returns to the main menu.
Changing the order of booting disk arrays This section describes the procedure for changing the booting order in an environment in which multiple disk arrays are set. Normally, the highest order of booting is assigned to the disk array that was set at the top. You can assign a disk array that has been built later to the highest in the boot order by changing the setting.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-45 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
2. From the list displayed in the upper right pane, click a disk array for which you want to set a boot device, and then click Set Boot Drive > Go.
Tip: Set Boot Drive is followed by the number of the current disk array being booted.
3. The window returns to the main menu.
3-46 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Rebuilding disk arrays This section describes a procedure of rebuilding disk arrays in case of trouble that has occurred on a disk in the RAID 1 redundant disk array configuration. Usually, rebuilding will work automatically after you replace the faulty disk in hot-plug. The following is a procedure of manual rebuilding in case that rebuilding doesn't work automatically by some reason.
1. Click Drives in the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-47 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. Click a disk status is Offline, and then click Rebuild > Go.
3. The progress of rebuilding is displayed in the left pane of the following window.
3-48 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Wait until the processing is completed to 100%. A guideline of rebuilding time is shown in the following table.
Table 3-17 Guideline of rebuilding time
RAID level Capacity of a disk array Rebuilding time
RAID 1 300GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 2) Approximately 70 minutes
Tip: The rebuilding time is proportional to the capacity of a disk array.
5. When rebuilding is completed to 100%, click Home.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-49 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The window returns to the main menu.
BIOS settings: enabled or disabled
When using the boot from an external storage, you need to change the BIOS Setting to Disabled in the item of Controller BIOS. When using N+M cold standby, change the settings for the server blade of the standby partition as well.
3-50 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide This section describes how to change BIOS settings of a SAS RAID board.
Tip: • When changing the BIOS setting in the item of Controller BIOS to Disabled, you cannot boot form the disk array built with the SAS RAID board. • When N+M cold standby function is used, disk array is not supported in the server blade.
1. Click Controller Properties in the main menu.
2. Click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-51 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Click Next once more.
4. Select one of the values in the following table in the item of Controller BIOS, and click Submit.
3-52 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 3-18 Setting value
Setting value Description
Enabled Enables SAS RAID board BIOS (Booting from the disk array is available.)
Disabled Disables SAS RAID board BIOS (Booting from the disk array is unavailable.)
Tip: Be sure to click Submit after setting the item.
5. Check if the value of Controller BIOS is correctly set as you have set. And click Home
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-53 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The window returns to the main menu.
Exiting MegaRAID WebBIOS
This section describes how to exit from MegaRAID WebBIOS.
1. From the main menu, click Exit.
3-54 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: If the main menu is not displayed, click Home.
2. The Exit Confirmation window is displayed. Click Yes.
Tip: Clicking No returns window to the main menu.
3. In response to the following message, powers off the server blade. And then restart the server blade.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-55 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Disk with foreign configuration
This section describes how to deal with a disk with a different configuration detected by the disk array controller board configuration. Difference in configuration between disks may be caused by the following conditions.
Table 3-19 Conditions to generate foreign configuration
Conditions to generate foreign configuration
A disk failed and could not be recognized. Then the disk has been restored to be recognized.
A disk, used in another device with a specific disk array configuration, is used in the array.
1. Click Preview.
3-56 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. If the displayed configuration is correct, click Import. If the displayed configuration is incorrect, click Cancel. When the window returns to the one in Step 1, click Clear.
Tip: When you click Clear, and then Previous foreign configuration will be lost. Do you want to proceed? is displayed. Then click Yes. The previous foreign configuration is eliminated.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-57 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Status
This section describes status of disk arrays and hard disks.
Status of the disk array Here is a list of statuses for the disk array.
Table 3-20 Statuses for disk arrays
Status Description
Optimal Normal. The disk array is operable.
Degraded One disk fails in the RAID 1 disk array.
Offline The disk array is inoperable because of either failures in multiple disks in a redundant disk array or a failure in a disk in a non-redundant disk array.
Status of the disk Here is a list of statuses for the hard disk.
Table 3-21 Status of the disk
Status Description
Online Normal.
Offline/Failed A fault has occurred. The disk is separated from the disk array due to a failure.
Rebuild Rebuilding is underway.
Unconfigured Good This is not used for a disk array.
Unconfigured Bad A fault has occurred. The unrecognizable disk is restored to recognizable.
Missing A fault has occurred. A "normal" disk has been removed.
BIOS messages
Here is a list of messages for MegaRAID WebBIOS displayed at system startup.
Table 3-22 BIOS messages
Message Description
Memory/battery problems were detected. An unexpected power-off or reboot has been The adapter has recovered, but cached executed during write, parity check, data was lost.
3-58 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description rebuilding, patrol read, or initializing operation. There may be a cache memory failure, if this event is registered at the reboot after the system hang in operation or after the OS cannot boot up.
Foreign configuration(s) found on A disk with a different configuration from the adapter. disk array configuration in the disk array controller was detected.
FW package: xxxx This indicates the firmware package version. You do not need to take any action.
The battery hardware is missing or Battery backed up unit information is not set malfunctioning, or the battery is correctly. unplugged. If you continue to boot the Press the D key while this message is system, the battery-backed cache will not displayed. function. Please contact technical support for assistance. If not recovered, contact with your reseller from which you purchased the product or Press [D] to disable this warning (if your maintenance personnel. controller does not have a battery).
Some configured disks have been Some disks with the disk array configuration removed from your system, or are no information have been removed. When this longer accessible. Please check your message is displayed even if the device is cables and also ensure all disks are installed properly, contact your reseller from present. which you purchased the product or counsel maintenance personnel.
The following VDs have missing disks: X Y Since some disks have been removed, the If you proceed (or load the configuration disk array is set to OFFLINE. utility), these VDs will be marked When this message is displayed even if the OFFLINE and will be inaccessible. Please device is installed properly, contact your check your cables and ensure all disks are reseller from which you purchased the present. product or maintenance personnel.
The following VDs are missing: X Y … Some disk array configurations are removed. If you proceed (or load the configuration When this message is displayed even if the utility), these VDs will be removed from device is installed properly, contact your your configuration. If you wish to use reseller from which you purchased the them at a later time, they will have to be product or maintenance personnel. imported. If you believe these VDs should be present, please power off your system and check your cables to ensure all disks are present.
All of the disks from your previous All disks with disk array configuration configuration are gone. If this is an information have been removed. unexpected message, then please power When this message is displayed even if the off your system and check your cables to device is installed properly, contact your ensure all disks are present. reseller from which you purchased the product or maintenance personnel.
Press any key to continue, or [C] to load Press the C key while this message is the configuration utility. displayed, then MegaRAID WebBIOS will start.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 3-59 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description
Press
3-60 MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades
This chapter describes the functionality of MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades.
□ Configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Operation for MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Starting MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Menu configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Switching display modes
□ Building disk arrays
□ Changing the Write Policy for Disk Arrays
□ BIOS settings: enabled or disabled
□ Exiting MegaRAID WebBIOS
□ Disk with foreign configuration
□ Status
□ BIOS messages
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
This section describes the MegaRAID WebBIOS configuration. See the following chart.
Figure 4-1 MegaRAID WebBIOS configuration
Tip: "Controller Selection" is displayed as "Adapter Selection" in the window.
Operation for MegaRAID WebBIOS
For MegaRAID WebBIOS, you can set individual items by using the following keys and mouse.
Table 4-1 Mouse
Key/mouse Operation
Mouse Moves the cursor.
4-2 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Key/mouse Operation
Mouse – left button • Selects an item that the mouse cursor is placed on. • Moves the cursor to an item to which the mouse cursor points. • Selects a disk array or physical disk.
Tip: Connect a mouse to the remote console before starting MegaRAID WebBIOS.
Table 4-2 Keys
Key Operation
[Tab] Moves the cursor in order.1
[Shift] + [Tab]2 Moves the cursor in reverse order.
[Enter], [Space] • Selects the item that the cursor is placed on. • Determines an item setting. • Determines a disk array or physical disk.
[(], [(] • Selects a disk array or physical disk. • Selects a setting value.
[Shift] , [Ctrl] Selects multiple disk arrays or disks.
[0] to [9] Enters a numerical value.
[Delete], [Back Space] Deletes an entered value.
Notes:
1. The item selected by the cursor is encircled by the dotted line.
2. This indicates that you should press and hold the Shift key and press the Tab key.
Note: The main menu of the MegaRAID WebBIOS utility includes Menu Icon, which is not used in operation with the keyboard.
Tip: It may be hard to find the cursor on some windowes. In this case, press Tab key or Shift + Tab keys to find the cursor, and then move the cursor to the position where you want to move it. When operating MegaRAID WebBIOS only with the keyboard, replace the mouse with the keyboard as follows: • "Click (an object)." Put the cursor on (the object) and press Enter or Space. • "Click a check mark on (an object)." Put the cursor on (the object) and press Enter or Space. Execute a specific operation in setting or configuring a disk array as follows: • Click Menu > Logical View > Physical View in the main menu:
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Press Tab key or press Tab and Shift keys to move the cursor among Menu, Logical View, and Physical View. – In the main menu, press Tab key once to move the cursor to Controller Selection (selected status). – Move the cursor to Exit using Tab key. With the cursor on Exit, press Tab key once, and the cursor moves to Logical View or Physical View on the right on the window (selected status). – With the cursor on Logical View or Physical View, press Tab key twice, and the cursor moves to Controller Selection on the left of the window (selected status).
Tip: You can select a disk or disk array using ↑ and ↓ keys on the selection window of Logical View or Physical View. • Setting items in each menu: To change a setting value, put the cursor on the setting item box, and then select a new setting value using ↑ and ↓ keys or enter the setting value using the numerical keys. • Selecting multiple disks in disk array configuration: Press and hold Shift and select disks using ↑ and ↓ keys, and then press Enter or Space.
Starting MegaRAID WebBIOS
Use the following procedure for starting the MegaRAID WebBIOS.
1. Start the remote console, and then power on the server blade. Click Power > Power On in the tool bar of the remote console.
4-4 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. When the following window appears, press Ctrl + H keys after you confirm LSI MegaRAID SAS 9266-8i as the disk array controller name within a red frame in the following window.The MegaRAID WebBIOS is started.
If the operating system starts before you press those keys, shutdown the operating system and then restart the system unit. Consult the manual for ending your operating system because some operating systems, such as Windows, require shutdown or other special operations.
Tip: When multiple LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine cards are mounted, the following window is displayed.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide When pressing press Ctrl+H keys in the window that the disk array controller name within a red frame is MegaRAID SAS MR9240-8i, the MegaRAID WebBIOS for LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine card is started. The MegaRAID WebBIOS for the disk array controller compatible with the storage expansion blade is not started. If the MegaRAID WebBIOS for the LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine card is started by mistake, reboot the system unit after the MegaRAID WebBIOS is exited.
3. The MegaRAID WebBIOS is started and Adapter Selection appears.
4. Press Ctrl key on the lower left of the keyboard once.
Note: If Ctrl key on the lower left of the keyboard is not pressed, your keyboard and mouse may not operate properly. If the keyboard or mouse is not available when you operate MegaRAID WebBIOS, press Ctrl key once.
5. Confirm the contents of Type in the Adpter Selection window, and then confirm that the disk array controller, LSI MegaRAID SAS 9266-8i is selected. When multiple LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine cards are mounted, multiple disk array controllers are displayed in the Adpter Selection
4-6 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide window. When multiple disk array controllers are displayed, select LSI MegaRAID SAS 9266-8i.
6. Press Enter once. The main menu is displayed.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: If a hard disk which has different disk array configuration coming from the record in the disk array controller board exists, the following screen is displayed. Refer to Disk with foreign configuration on page 4-89 for the details about it.
4-8 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
The window configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS is shown below.
1. Menu icon The following table describes the function of menu icons.
Table 4-3 Menu icons
Icon at the upper left on Operation of icon the window
Return to the main menu.
Return to the previous window.
Finish the utility.
Temporarily stop ringing the buzzer on the disk array controller board.1
Display the version of MegaRAID Web BIOS.
Note:
1. This function is not supported.
2. Menu items
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items for MegaRAID WebBIOS are displayed. Click each item to go to the respective menu window.
3. Logical View/Physical View Disks or disk arrays connected to the disk array controller are displayed.
Tip: • Click a disk from disks displayed in Logical View or Physical View, and the same window is displayed as one when you select Drives > Properties from the menu. • Select a disk array from disks displayed in Logical View, and the same window is displayed as the one when you click Drives > Properties from the menu.
Menu configuration of MegaRAID WebBIOS
This section describes the setting items and values for MegaRAID WebBIOS. • In the table for each menu, default values are enclosed in << >>. • In the table for each menu, recommended values are enclosed in [ ]. Example: [<
Note: Unless otherwise specified, use the recommended values for all setting items. If you set non-recommended values, the equipment would not be supported and might not operate properly.
Main menu Start MegaRAID WebBIOS, and the following main menu is displayed. Click the target item that you want to set or display.
4-10 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items in the left side of window.
Table 4-4 Main menu items
Menu items Description
Advanced Software Options Sets expansion functions.
Controller Selection1 Returns to the Controller Selection window.
Controller Properties Displays and sets the hardware information on the disk array controller board.
Scan Devices Scans the installed devices.
Virtual Drives Displays and sets the disk array (logical drive) information.
Drives Displays and sets the disk (physical drive) information.
Configuration Wizard Configures or formats disk arrays.
Physical View/Logical View Switches display modes.
Events Displays events.
Exit Ends the MegaRAID web BIOS.
Note:
1. This menu is displayed as Adapter Selection on the Controller Selection window.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Do not use Advanced Software Options and Events because they are not supported.
Controller properties: menu for setting the disk array controller board You can review the hardware information about the disk array controller board. Click Controller Properties from the main menu. The following Controller Information window is displayed. If you want to change the setting, click Next.
The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 4-5 Controller properties menu items
Menu items Description
Serial Number Serial number
FRU Board names for maintenance
SubVendorID Sub-vendor ID
Drive Security Capable Physical drive security capability: Yes or No
SubDeviceID Sub-device ID
PortCount Number of installed ports
HostInterface Host interface
NVRAM Size Size of installed NVRAM
Firmware Version Firmware version
4-12 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Memory Size Size of installed memory
FW Package Version Firmware package version
Min Strip Size Minimum strip size
Firmware Time Current time that firmware recognizes
Max Strip Size Maximum strip size
WebBIOS Version MegaRAID WebBIOS version
Virtual Drive Count Existing number of array configurations (logical devices)
Drive Count Number of installed physical devices
Hot Spare Spin Down Disk spin-down mode set to HotSpare.
Unconfig Good SpinDown SpinDown setting mode for unused disks
Chips Temperature (Celsius) Chip temperature in Celsius
Tip: You cannot change the settings for those items displayed here.
Controller properties submenu 1 Click Next in the Controller Information window. The following Controller Properties window is displayed. If you want to change the setting, select or input the value from the pulldown menu. If you want to indicate another controller property, click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-13 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items in the window. Those values cannot be changed.
Table 4-6 Controller properties submenu 1 items
Menu items Description
Global Hot spare for Whether or not to rebuild a different type of drive for global Emergency hot spare
Unconfig Good for Whether or not to rebuild a different type of unconfigured Emergency physical drive
Emergency for SMARTer Whether or not to apply SMART copy back to a different type of physical drive for hotspare
Shield State Supported Diagnostics for physical drives by the disk array controller: This item is ineffective regardless of the setting value
SSD Disk Cache Setting SSD cache setting value
Metadata Size Metadata size of the disk array controller
Tip: You cannot change the settings for those items displayed here.
Controller properties submenu 2 Click Next in the Controller properties submenu 1 window. The following window is displayed.
The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
4-14 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 4-7 Controller properties submenu 2 items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Battery Backup Cache backup module mount None/Present (See Battery status Module: BBU setting submenu on page 4-16.)
Coercion Mode1 Sets the capacity control for [<
Set Factory Defaults2 Returns all the settings to - their Defaults values
S.M.A.R.T Polling3 Sets the interval of S.M.A.R.T. 0 to 65535 / <<300>> / [600] reporting
Cluster Mode4 Sets the cluster mode [<
Alarm Control Sounds the buzzer on the [<
Rebuild Rate3 Priority of rebuilding 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Patrol Read Rate3 Priority of patrol reading 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
BGI Rate3 Priority of background 0 to 100 / [<<30>>] initializing
Cache Flush Interval3 Flash timing for write-cache 1 to 255 / [<<4>>] data
CC Rate3 Priority of integrity inspection 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Spinup Drive Count3 Number of hard disk motors 0 to 8 / [<<4>>] started at system startup
Reconstruction Rate3 Priority in expanding capacity 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Spinup Delay3 Hard disk spinup timing at the 0 to xxx / [<<6>>] system boot
NCQ3 Setting the NCQ command [<
Notes:
1. This can be changed only when no disk arrays have been set at all.
2. Do not use Set Factory Defaults. This setting must be changed to the recommended values.
3. Always use the "Default" setting.
4. Change the value to the recommended value.
Tip: • When changing a setting value, select the text box, click it to open the dropdown list, and select the value; or click the cursor on a setting value to change, and type a new value from the keyboard. Then click Submit.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-15 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide • Each value of Spin Drive Count and Spin Delay is fixed. You cannot change those values.
Battery Module: BBU setting submenu Click Battery Backup > Present in the Controller properties submenu 2 window in the previous page, and the following window appears.
Table 4-8 BBU setting submenu items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
A Battery type A type of the battery Displayed only
Battery State A state of the battery Displayed only
Battery Replacement Whether or not to need battery Displayed only replacement. Not supported.
Voltage Voltage amount Displayed only
Current Current amount Displayed only
Temperature Temperature Displayed only
B Mfg. Name Product name Displayed only
Mfg. Date Date of manufacture Displayed only
Serial No. Serial number Displayed only
FRU Cache backup module name per Displayed only maintenance
Memory Module FRU Memory module name per Displayed only maintenance
Design Voltage Design voltage amount Displayed only
4-16 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
Device Name Device name Displayed only
Device Chemistry Device element Displayed only
C FullCharge Capacity Maximum electrostatic capacitance Displayed only
Remaining Capacity Remaining electrostatic capacitance Displayed only
D Auto Learn Mode Automatic diagnostics Displayed only
Controller properties submenu 3 Click Next in the Controller properties submenu 2 window. The following window is displayed.
Note: Stop CC On Error, Schedule CC, Maintain PD Fail History, and Disk Activity are not supported. Do not set those items.
The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 4-9 Controller properties submenu 3 items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Stop CC On Error1 Sets an operation when an [<
Schedule CC1 Sets a consistency check When clicking Supported, the schedule. window moves to Schedule CC
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-17 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value page: schedule consistency check setting submenu on page 3-15.
Maintain PD Fail Sets whether or not a failed [<
Stop On Error2 Sets whether or not to boot [<
Controller BIOS3 Sets the disk array Not mounting the LSI SAS 2008 controller BIOS RAID mezzanine card and LSI SAS 2004: [<
Disc Activity1 Sets hard disk LED [<
Link Speed Sets the physical drive link Click Manage to go to Link speed. Speed: Link Speed: Link Speed submenu on page 4-20.
Global Hot spare for Sets whether or not to [<
Unconfigured for Sets whether or not to [<
Notes:
1. Do not set this item, which is not supported.
2. Make sure to use this item with the default setting.
3. When LSI SAS 2008 is installed in the half-wide blade, you must disable Controller BIOS for LSI SAS 2208 and confirm that Controller BIOS for LSI SAS 2008 is enabled. For details, see Controller properties submenu 2 on page 3-13.
4. When booting OS through LSI SAS 2004 in half-wide blade, you must disable Controller BIOS for LSI SAS 2208 and confirm that Boot Support of LSI SAS 2004 is "Enabled BIOS & OS". When booting OS through LSI SAS 2208 in storage expansion blade, you must disable Boot Supprot for LSI SAS 2004 in half-wide blade and confirm that Controller BIOS for LSI SAS 2208 is enabled.
4-18 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Schedule CC page: schedule consistency check setting submenu Click Supported of Schedule CC in the Controller Properties submenu 2 window. The following window is displayed.
Note: Do not set the value of this item. This item is not supported
The following table describes menu items in the window.
Table 4-10 Schedule CC page menu items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
CC Frequency Sets the CC schedule function: [Disable (invalid schedule)] / Enable or Disable Continuous /Hourly / Daily / <
CC Start (mm/dd/ Sets on what date the [01/01/2000]v / Appropriate yyyy) consistency check starts. value1
CC Start Time Sets on what time the [12:00 AM] / <<03:00>> AM / consistency check starts. Appropriate value1
CC Mode Sets if the consistency check is [Sequential (a consistency check executed on multiple disk per array)] / arrays. <
Select VDs to Specifies a disk array on which Choose any array configuration. Execute CC the consistency check is not executed.
Note:
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-19 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
1. This value is set automatically when CC Frequency is set to Disable.
Link Speed: Link Speed submenu Click Link Speed > Manage of Schedule CC in the Controller Properties submenu 3 window, and the following window appears. This system, however, does not support the Link Speed submenu. Use those default values as shown below for all items.
Virtual Drives: Viewing and Setting Disk Array Information You can view and change the information on the disk array (logical drive) that is already set.
1. Select Virtual Drives in the main menu.
4-20 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. The following window appears. Select a disk array for viewing information and changing the setting from the list on the upper right of the window. Click Properties > Go.
3. The disk array properties window will be displayed.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-21 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of menu items in the window.
Table 4-11 Virtual drives menu items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Properties RAID Level RAID level -
Status Status of the disk array -
Strip Size Stripe size of the disk - array
Capacity Size of the disk array -
Parity Size1 Size of the parity -
Policies Access Access mode [<
Read Read policy [<
Disk Cache Setting the cache [Disable (cache: not used)] / installed Enable (cache: used) / in a physical hard disk <
I/O Setting the read-cache [<
4-22 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value
Disable BGI Setting the background <
Default Write2 Setting the write cache <
Notes:
1. This item is displayed only with RAID level 5 or RAID level 6.
2. Default Write supports setting in Write Back with BBU only. If not, write performance may be degraded.
Note: Configure same setting value when multiple logical drives exist in the Drive Group.
Drives: viewing physical disk information You can display the information on the physical disk in the physical drive connected to the disk array controller.
1. Click Drives in the main menu.
2. Click a disk array to review information from the list on the upper right pane. Click Properties > Go.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-23 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. The Disk property menu window is displayed. Click Next.
4. The following window is displayed. Click Next.
4-24 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. The following window is displayed. To return to the previous window, click Prev.
The following table shows description of menu items in the left side of window.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-25 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 4-12 Disk property menu
Menu items Description
Connector Connector of the connected disk array controller board
Enclosure ID ID number of the connected enclosure device
Mode name Disk mode name
Vendor Vendor name
Revision Firmware version
Slot Number Number of the slot installed
Device Type Device type
Connected Port Port number of the connected disk array controller board
Media Errors Number of detected media errors
Pred Fail Count Number of reported S.M.R.T warnings
SAS Address SAS address
Physical Drive State Status
Certified Certification
FDE Capable With or without encryption function
Max Device Speed Maximum speed at which a physical disk can operate
Link Speed Link speed of an interface
Temperature (Celsius) Disk temperature
Commissioned Hotspare Fault tolerance by Hotspare
Tip: • Items described in the table above cannot be changed. • For hard disk status, see Status on page 4-91. • Media Errors and Pred Fail Count information is cleared when the system unit is powered off.
Switching display modes
This section describes switching disk array display modes in the main menu. There are two types of display mode: Logical View and Physical View. The Logical View mode displays a list of disk array configurations that are already set. The Physical View mode displays a list of physical disks comprising a disk array configuration.
4-26 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: • The Logical View mode is applied when the MegaRAID WebBIOS is started. • To switch to the physical view mode, click Physical View in the Logical View mode of the main menu. • To switch to the logical view mode, click Logical View in the Physical View mode of the main menu.
Building disk arrays
This section describes the procedure for building disk arrays. The building of disk arrays should be entirely performed with Configuration Wizard.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-27 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Do not change the disk array during system operations. If you change the disk array, all data will be lost from those disks due to change in the disk array.
Note: Set each item to the recommended value unless otherwise specific directions are given. If not, the system may not properly operate.
Building disk arrays This section describes the procedure for building new disk arrays.
Building disk arrays for RAID 0, 1, 5, 6 This section describes the procedure for building new disk arrays for RAID 0, 1, 5, and 6.
Note: RAID0 with a single disk does not have redundancy. When an error occurs in a disk, all data in the disk may be lost. We recommend that RAID1/ RAID5/ RAID6/ RAID10 should be created to improve fault tolerance with data redundancy.
Tip: To build RAID 10, refer to Table 4-15 Number of disks required on page 4-40. For how to set hotspare, refer to Setting Hotspares on page 4-65.
1. Click Configuration Wizard in the main menu.
2. Click New Configuration or Add Configuration box, and then click Next.
4-28 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: If you select New Configuration, all data in the disks is lost. Backup your required data before selecting New Configuration.
Tip: • When you click Add Configuration, the existing drive groups and disk arrays still remain. This should be selected when you add a disk array to the existing disk group or build a disk array using additional hard disks. • When you click New Configuration, you lose the existing drive group and disk arrays. This should be selected when you discard the existing drive group and disk arrays to build a new one. • When you click New Configuration, the following window is displayed first. Click Yes to build a new disk array.
3. Click Manual Configuration and click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-29 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Click a disk in Drives pane for building disk array. When building a disk array with hard disks on status of "Unconfigured Good" (unused), select hard disks in Drives pane. When adding a disk array to the existing drive group, jump to step 7 without selecting a hard disk.
4-30 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The number of disks required varies depending on the RAID level to be set. The following table summarizes the number of disks required.
Table 4-13 Number of disks required
RAID level Number of disks required
RAID 0 (including JBOD) 1 or more
RAID 1 2
RAID 5 3 or more
RAID 6 4 or more
Note: RAID 6 with 3 hard disks and RAID 1 with 3 or more hard disks are not supported. If you set this, the system may not operate properly.
Tip: You can select only a disk which status is "Unconfigured Good" (unused). To select multiple disks, click the disks while pressing Ctrl.
5. After selecting all disks to build a disk array, click Add To Array.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-31 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Status of those selected disks is Online as shown in the Drives pane. Click Accept DG.
4-32 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: To release a disk from Online, select the disk and click Reclaim.
7. Click Next.
8. Select the target drive group from the pull-down menu of Array With Free Space, and then click Add to SPAN.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-33 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9. Click Next.
10. Specify the RAID level, strip size, read policy, write policy, and disk array size as shown in the table below. Click Accept.
4-34 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 4-14 Specify the RAID level, strip size, and policies
Menu items Description Setting/display value
RAID Level1,2 RAID Level Specify any level.
Strip Size3 Strip size 8 KB/16 KB/32 KB/[<<64 (only for RAID 0 and 5) KB>>]/128 KB/256 KB/512 KB/1 MB
Access Policy Access policy [<
Read Policy Read policy [<
Write Policy4 Write policy <
IO Policy Read-cache operation [<
Disk Cache Policy Setting the disk cache [<
Disable BGI Setting the background <
Select Size5 Size of a disk array Enter any value within the maximum capacity value. The lowest available value is 64 KB.
Notes:
1. AID 6 with 3 hard disks and RAID 1 with 3 or more hard disks are not supported.
2. When you add a disk array to the existing drive group, the RAID level cannot be changed.
3. For RAID 1, set 64 KB by Default.
4. In Write Policy, Write Back with BBU is supported only. If not, write performance may be degraded.
5. Maximum capacity size that can be set is shown under Next LD, Possible RAID Levels at the right of the window. Type a new value within the maximum
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-35 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value capacity value for your RAID level. When specifying the maximum capacity value, click Update Size.
Note: When a drive group containes multiple disk arrays, specify the same setting values on all disk arrays in the drive group.
Tip: • When you configure a disk array to install an OS and put a value larger than 2 TB, the OS can recognize up to 2 TB. • If you specify a larger disk array size than the maximum capacity, Unacceptable size is displayed on the window and all the setting items are initialized. You need to reset all items to the correct size.
11. One of the following windows appears. – When you select Write Through in the write policy setting, the following window appears. Click Yes.
– When you select Always Write Back in the write policy setting, the following window appears. Click Yes.
– When you select Write Back with BBU in the write policy setting, the following window appears. Click Yes.
4-36 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: When Write Back With BBU is set as Write policy to the unit with a cache backup module installed* and the cache backup module status is checked, the following window appears. Click Yes. *Present is shown for Battery Backup in Properties: Controller properties submenu 2 on page 4-14.
12. Click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-37 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 13. Click Accept.
14. Click Yes.
4-38 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 15. Click No.
16. The window returns to the main menu.
17. See Initializing disk arrays on page 4-52, and then initialize the created disk array.
Building Disk Arrays for RAID 10 Here is a procedure for building disk arrays for RAID 10.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-39 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table summarizes the number of hard disks required building RAID 10.
Table 4-15 Number of disks required
RAID level Number of disks required
RAID 10 4
Tip: See Setting Hotspares on page 4-65 for how to set hotspare.
1. Click Configuration Wizard in the main menu.
2. Click New Configuration or Add Configuration box, and then click Next.
4-40 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: If you select New Configuration, all data in the disks is lost. Backup your required data before selecting New Configuration.
Tip: • When you click Add Configuration, the existing drive groups and disk arrays still remain. This should be selected when you add a disk array to the existing disk group or build a disk array using additional hard disks. • When you click New Configuration, you lose the existing drive group and disk arrays. This should be selected when you discard the existing drive group and disk arrays to build a new one. • When you click New Configuration, the following window is displayed first. Click Yes to build a new disk array.
3. Click Manual Configuration > Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-41 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Click a disk in Drives pane for building disk array. When building a disk array with hard disks on status of "Unconfigured Good" (unused), select two hard disks in Drives pane. When adding a disk array to the existing drive group, go to step 7 without selecting a hard disk.
4-42 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: You can select only a disk which status is "Unconfigured Good" (unused). To select multiple disks, click a disk while pressing Ctrl.
5. After selecting two disks to build a disk array, click Add To Array.
6. Status of those selected disks is Online as shown in the Drive Groups pane. Click Accept DG.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-43 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: To release a disk from Online, select the disk and click Reclaim.
7. When building a disk array with hard disks on status of "Unconfigured Good" (unused), repeat steps 4, 5, and 6 until selecting all hard disks used for RAID 10. Then click Next. When adding a disk array to the existing drive group, just click Next without anything done.
4-44 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8. When building a disk array with hard disks on status of "Unconfigured Good" (unused), select the all drive groups added in step 7 by repeating steps 3 through 6 from the Array With Free Space menu, and then click Add to SPAN. When adding a disk array to the existing drive group, select the target drive group from the pane Array With Free Space, and click Add to SPAN.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-45 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: When adding a disk array to the existing drive group, you can select all target drive groups by clicking one of the target drive groups and then Add to SPAN.
9. Click Next.
4-46 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 10. Specify the RAID level, strip size, read policy, write policy, and disk array size as shown in the table below with all disk array configuration selected. Click Accept.
Table 4-16 Specify the RAID level, strip size, and policies
Menu items Description Setting/display value
RAID Level RAID Level [RAID 10]
Strip Size Strip size 8 KB / 16 KB / 32 KB / [<<64 KB>>] / 128 KB / 256 KG / 512 KB / 1 MB
Access Policy Access policy [<
Read Policy Read policy [<
Write Policy1 Write policy <
IO Policy Read-cache operation [<
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-47 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Setting/display value Cached (always reading from the cache)
Disk Cache Policy Setting the disk cache [Disable (setting invalid)] / Enable (setting valid) / <
Disable BGI Setting the background <
Select Size2 Size of a disk array Enter any value within the maximum capacity value. The lowest available value is 64 KB.
Notes:
1. In Write Policy, Write Back with BBU is supported only. If not, write performance may be degraded.
2. The maximum Select Size to be set is shown under Next LD, Possible RAID Levels on the right pane. Type any value within the maximum size for the RAID level that you set. Delete the existing value in the text box before typing another value. When specifying the maximum size, click Update Size.
Note: When a drive group containes multiple disk arrays, specify the same setting values on all disk arrays in the drive group.
Tip: • When you configure a disk array to install an OS and put a value larger than 2 TB, the OS can recognize up to 2 TB. • If you specify a larger disk array size than the maximum capacity, Unacceptable size is displayed on the window and all the setting items are initialized. You need to reset all items to the correct size.
11. One of the following windows appears. – When you select Write Through in the write policy setting, the following window appears. Click Yes.
– When you select Always Write Back in the write policy setting, the following window appears. Click Yes.
4-48 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide – When you select Write Back with BBU in the write policy setting, the following window appears. Click Yes.
Tip: When Write Back With BBU is set as Write policy to the unit with a cache backup module installed* and the cache backup module status is checked, the following window appears. Click Yes. *. Present is shown for Battery Backup in Properties: Controller properties submenu 2 on page 4-14.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-49 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 12. Click Next.
13. Click Accept.
4-50 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 14. Click Yes.
15. Click No.
16. The window returns to the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-51 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 17. See Initializing disk arrays on page 4-52, and then initialize the created disk array.
Initializing disk arrays This section describes the procedure for initializing disk arrays
Note: When a disk array is initialized, all data in those disks including the disk array information is lost. Backup your required data before initializing a disk array.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
4-52 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. In the list of disk arrays displayed in the upper right pane, click a disk array configuration to be initialized. Click Slow Initialize, and then click Go.
3. Click Yes.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-53 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The following progress of initialization in the left pane is displayed.
5. Wait until the processing is completed to 100%. A guideline of initialization time is shown in the following table.
Table 4-17 Guideline of initialization
Single disk capacity Initialization time
147GB (SAS HDD) Approximately 20 minutes
300GB (SAS HDD) Approximately 40minutes
600GB (SAS HDD Approximately 80 minutes
900GB (SAS HDD) Approximately 120 minutes
200GB (SAS SSD) Approximately 20 minutes
Tip: The initialization time varies depending on the single disk capacity regardless of the RAID level or disk array capacity.
4-54 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. When initialization is completed to 100%, click Home to return to the main menu.
7. The window returns to the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-55 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Deleting disk arrays This section describes the procedure for deleting disk arrays.
Note: When a disk array is initialized, all data in those disks including the disk array information is lost. Backup your required data before initializing a disk array.
Deleting all disk arrays simultaneously This subsection describes how to delete all disk arrays simultaneously.
1. Click Configuration Wizard in the main menu.
2. Click Clear Configuration > Next.
4-56 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Click Yes.
4. The window returns to the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-57 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Deleting disk arrays selectively This subsection describes how to delete a specific disk array.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
4-58 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. From the list displayed in the upper right pane, click a disk array to be deleted. Then click Properties > Go.
3. Click Delete > Go in the Operations pane.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-59 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Click Yes.
5. The window returns to the main menu.
4-60 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Checking disk arrays for consistency This section describes how to check the consistency of disk arrays. Consistency check can be done from MegaRAID Storage Manager. See MegaRAID Storage Manager Version xxx Instruction Manual in the DriverKit CD-ROM for how to check the consistency from the MegaRAID Storage Manager.
Tip: Consistency check on disk arrays can be executed only for RAID 1, 5, 6, 10.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-61 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. From the list displayed in the upper right pane, click a disk array to be checked the consistency, and then click Properties > Go.
3. Click CC > Go.
4-62 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The progress of consistency check is displayed in the following Operations pane. Wait until the processing is completed to 100%.
5. When the consistency check is completed to 100%, click Home.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-63 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The window returns to the main menu.
4-64 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Changing the order of booting logical drive This system is not supported changing the booting order in an environment in which multiple logical drives (LU) are set, although you can change the booting order. Operate this system with the default setting value.
Setting Hotspares This section describes the procedure for setting hotspares (reserve disks).
Note: • Reserve disk consists of Global hotspare effective for all logical drives configured and Dedicated hotspare effective for a specified logical drive. Select one for your purpose. • Sure to configure redundant disk arrays, RAID 1, 5, 6, or 10 before setting hotspares. • Install a hard disk in the logical drive consisting of hard disks. Install an SSD in the logical drive consisting of SSDs. You cannot set a disk as a reserve disk different from those configured the logical drive.
1. With the main menu displayed, click a hard disk for hotspare from the hard disk list in the Logical View/Physical View pane.
Tip: Only a hard disk whose status is "Unconfigured Good" (unused) can be selected.
2. To set the disk to Global hotspare, click Make Global HSP.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-65 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide To set the disk to Dedicated hotspare, select a logical drive group from the right pane for hotspare, and click Make Dedicated HSP. Then, click Go.
3. The window returns to the main menu.
4-66 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Canceling Hotspares This section describes the procedure for canceling hotspares.
1. With the main menu displayed, click a hard disk that is set in hotspare from the hard disk list in the Logical View/Physical View pane.
Tip: Only a hard disk whose status is "Hotspare" can be selected.
2. Click Remove HOTSPARE > Go.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-67 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. The window returns to the main menu.
4-68 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Rebuilding disk arrays This section describes a procedure of rebuilding disk arrays in case of trouble that occurred on one hard disk in a redundant disk array configuration (RAID 1, 5, 6, 10).
Tip: • For RAID 6, the disk array can be restored even if two hard disks fail. • With hotspares configuration, rebuilding will work automatically when hard disk trouble occurs. Without hotspare configuration, rebuilding will work automatically after you replace the faulty hard disk in hot-plug The following is a procedure for rebuilding in case that rebuilding doesn't work automatically by some reason.
1. Click Drives in the main menu.
2. Click a disk status is Offline, and then click Rebuild > Go.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-69 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. The progress of rebuilding is displayed in the left pane of the following window.
4. Wait until the processing is completed to 100%. A guideline of rebuilding time is shown in the following table.
4-70 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 4-18 Guideline of initialization
RAID level Capacity of a disk array Rebuilding time
RAID 1 300GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 2) Approximately 40 minutes
200GB (SAS: 200GB SSD x 2) Approximately 10 minutes
RAID 5 600GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 3) Approximately 40 minutes
400GB (SAS: 200GB SSD x 3) Approximately 10 minutes
RAID 6 600GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 4) Approximately 40 minutes
400GB (SAS: 200GB SSD x 4) Approximately 10 minutes
RAID 10 600GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 4) Approximately 40 minutes
400GB (SAS: 200GB SSD x 4) Approximately 10 minutes
Tip: The rebuilding time is proportional to the capacity of a disk array.
5. When rebuilding is completed to 100%, click Home.
6. The window returns to the main menu.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-71 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Expanding Disk Array Capacity This section describes how to expand capacity in the RAID 0, 5, or 6 disk array by adding hard disks to use. Disk array expansion can also be done from MegaRAID Storage Manager. See MegaRAID Storage Manager Version xxx Instruction Manual in the DriverKit CD-ROM for how to expand disk arrays from the MegaRAID Storage Manager
Note: • Once disk array expansion has started, you cannot cancel it on the way. • Unconfigured Good hard disks must have installed for expanding a disk array.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
4-72 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. Select a disk array to expand the capacity from the list displayed on the upper right of the window, click Properties > Go.
3. Click Adv Opers > Go.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-73 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Click Change RAID Level and Add Drive, select a hard disk to use for the capacity expansion from the list displayed in the pane, and click Go.
Tip: To select multiple hard disks, click hard disks while pressing Ctrl.
4-74 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. Click Yes.
6. Click VD Progress info.
7. Wait until the expansion is completed 100%.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-75 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide A guideline of expanding time is shown in the following table.
Table 4-19 Guideline of initialization
RAID level Capacity of a disk array Rebuilding time for expansion
RAID 0 900GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 3) Approximately 210 minutes
600GB (SAS: 200GB SSD x 3) Approximately 70 minutes
RAID 5 600GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 3) Approximately 160 minutes
400GB (SAS: 200GB SSD x 3) Approximately 60 minutes
RAID 6 600GB (SAS: 300GB HDD x 4) Approximately 170 minutes
400GB (SAS: 200GB SSD x 4)" Approximately 60 minutes
Tip: The rebuilding time for expansion is proportional to the capacity of a disk array regardless of the number of hard disks to add.
8. When rebuilding is completed to 100%, click Home.
4-76 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9. The window returns to the main menu.
Changing the Write Policy for Disk Arrays
This section describes the procedure of changing the write policies. Enabling Write Cache of a disk array can improve the write performance.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-77 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: In Write Policy, Write Back with BBU is supported only. If not, write performance may be degraded.
1. Click Virtual Drives in the main menu.
2. From the list displayed at the upper right of the window, select a disk array for which you want to change the write policy. Click Properties > Go.
4-78 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Select the write policy from Default Write in the Policies pane, and click Change.
The following table describes each value.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-79 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 4-20 Guideline of initialization
Setting value Description
Always Write Back Write cache is valid.
Write Through Write cache is invalid.
Write Back with BBU Write cache is valid only when the cache backup module is installed.
Note: In Write Policy, Write Back with BBU is supported only. If not, write performance may be degraded. – When selecting Write Through in the Default write setting, click Yes.
– When selecting Always Write Back in the Default write setting, click Yes.
– When selecting Write Back with BBU in the Default write setting, click Yes.
4-80 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: When Write Back With BBU is set as Write policy to the unit with a cache backup module installed* and the cache backup module status is checked, the following window appears. Click Yes. *Present is shown for Battery Backup in Properties: Controller properties submenu 2 on page 4-14.
4. Click Home.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-81 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. The window returns to the main menu.
Tip: Set the write policy per disk array. When building multiple disk arrays, set the write policy to all disk arrays.
4-82 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide BIOS settings: enabled or disabled
This section describes the procedure for changing the BIOS setting of the SAS RAID controller: MegaRAID SAS 2208. When using the boot from an external storage to the system unit with the SAS RAID controller: MegaRAID SAS 2208, change the BIOS setting: Controller BIOS setting to Disabled
Tip: When the BIOS setting: Controller BIOS setting is changed to Disabled, you cannot execute the boot from the disk array configured in the SAS RAID Controller: MegaRAID SAS 2208.
1. Click Controller Properties in the main menu.
2. Click Next.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-83 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Click Next.
4. Click Next.
4-84 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. Select the following value for the item of Controller BIOS, and click Submit.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-85 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 4-21 Setting value
Setting value Description
Enabled Enables BIOS of the SAS RAID controller: MegaRAID SAS 2208. Enables the boot from the disk array.
Disabled Disables BIOS of the SAS RAID controller: MegaRAID SAS 2208. Disables the boot from the disk array.
Tip: Be sure to click Submit after setting the item.
6. Confirm that Controller BIOS is set to that value, and click Home.
7. The window returns to the main menu.
4-86 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Exiting MegaRAID WebBIOS
This section describes how to exit from MegaRAID WebBIOS.
1. From the main menu, click Exit.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-87 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: If the main menu is not displayed, click Home.
2. The Exit Confirmation window is displayed. Click Yes.
4-88 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Clicking No returns window to the main menu.
3. In response to the following message, power off the system unit or click Power > Power Off from the remote console toolbar to restart the system unit.
Tip: For the remote console, see Remote Console User’s Guide contained in the USB memory attached to the unit.
Disk with foreign configuration
This section describes how to deal with a disk with a different configuration detected by the disk array controller board configuration. Difference in configuration between disks may be caused by the following conditions.
Table 4-22 Conditions to generate foreign configuration
Conditions to generate foreign configuration
A disk failed and could not be recognized. Then the disk has been restored to be recognized.
1. Click Preview.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-89 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. If the displayed configuration is correct, click Import. If the displayed configuration is incorrect, click Cancel. When the window returns to the one in Step 1, click Clear.
Tip: When you click Clear, and then Previous foreign configuration will be lost. Do you want to proceed? is displayed. Then click Yes. The previous foreign configuration is eliminated.
4-90 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Status
This section describes status of disk arrays and hard disks.
Status of the disk array Here is a list of statuses for the disk array.
Table 4-23 Statuses for disk arrays
Status Description
Optimal Normal. The disk array is perfect in function.
Partially One hard disk fails in the RAID 6 disk array. Degraded
Degraded One hard disk fails in the RAID 1, 5, or 10 disk array. Or two hard disks fail in the RAID 6 disk array.
Offline The disk array is inoperable because of either failures in multiple hard disks in a redundant disk array or a failure in a hard disk in a non- redundant disk array.
Status of the disk Here is a list of statuses for the hard disk.
Table 4-24 Status of the disk
Status Description
Online Normal.
Offline/Failed A fault has occurred. The disk is separated from the disk array due to a failure.
Rebuild Rebuilding is underway.
Global Hot Spare This is set as a global hotspare.
Dedicated Hot Spare This is set as a dedicated hotspare.
Unconfigured Good This is not used for a disk array.
Unconfigured Bad A fault has occurred. The unrecognizable disk is restored to recognizable.
Missing A fault has occurred. A "normal" disk has been removed.
BIOS messages
Here is a list of messages for MegaRAID WebBIOS displayed at system startup.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-91 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 4-25 BIOS messages
Message Description
Cache data was lost because of an unexpected If these messages are displayed power-off or reboot during a write operation, but even though an incorrect power-off the adapter has recovered. This could be because or reboot has not been executed of memory problems, bad battery, or you may not during write operation, contact your have a battery installed. Press any key to continue reseller or call maintenance or press C to load the configuration utility. personnel.
The memory/battery problems were detected. The adapter was recovered, but cached data was lost. Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration tility.
Cache data was lost, but the controller has revobered. This could be due to the fact that your controller had protected cache after an unexpected power loss and your system was without power longer than the battery backup time. Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration utility.
The cache contains dirty data, but some VDs are missing. The cached data cannot be written to the disk. If this is an unexpected eror, then power off your system and check your cables to ensure all disks are present. If you continue, the data in the cache will e prermanently discarded. Press X to acknowledge and permanently destroy the cached data.
Foreign configurations found on adapter. Press any A hard disk with a different key to continue or press C to load the configuration configuration from the disk array utility. configuration in the disk array controller was detected. See Disk with foreign configuration on page 4-89.
FW package This shows the firmware package version. You do not need to take any action.
The battery hardware is missing or malfunctioning, Cache backup module information is the battery is unplugged, or the battery could be not set correctly. fully discharged. If you continue to boot the Press the [D] key while this system, the battery-backed cache will not function. message is displayed. If the battery is connected and has been allowed to charge for 30 minutes and if this message If this key operation does not continues to appeear, contact technical support for recover the situation, contact your assistance. Pres D to disable this warning (if your reseller or call maintenance controller does not have a battery). personnel.
The battery hardware is missing or malfunctioning, the battery is unplugged, or the battery could be fully discharged. If you continue to boot the system, the battery-backed cache will not function. If the battery is connected and has been allowed to charge for 30 minutes and if this message
4-92 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description continues to appeear, contact technical support for assistance.
Some configured disks have been removed from Some hard disks with the disk array your system, or are no longer accessible. Check configuration information have been your cables and also ensure all disks are present. removed. When this message is Press any key to continue or press C to load the displayed even if the device is configuration utility. installed properly, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
The following VDs have missing disks: Since some hard disks have been - If you proceed (or load the configuration utilityu), removed, the disk array is set in these VDs will be marked OFFLINE and will be OFFLINE. inaccessible. When this message is displayed - Check your cables and ensure all disks are even if the device is installed present. properly, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration utility.
A discovery error has occurred. Power-cycle the A disk array controller or hard disk system and all the enclosures attached to this has not been recognized correctly. system. When this message is displayed, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
The following VDs are missing: Some disk array configurations are If you proceed( or load the configuration utility), removed. these VDs will be removed from your configration. When this message is displayed If you wish to use them at a later time, they will even if the device is installed have to be imported. If you decide these VDs properly, contact your reseller or should be present, power off your system and call maintenance personnel. check your cables to ensure all disks are present. Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration utility.
The following VDs are missing complete spans. If you proceed(or load the configuration utility), these VDs will be removed from your configuration and the remaining drives marked as foreign. If you wish to use them at a later time, restore the missing spans and use foreign import to recover the VDs. If you believe these VDs should be present, please power off your system and check your cables to ensure all disks are present. Press any key to continue, or 'C' to load the configuration utility.
All of the disks from your previous configuration All hard disks with disk array are gone. If this is an unexpected message, then configuration information have been power off your system and check your cables to removed. ensure all disks are present. Press any key to When this message is displayed continue or press C to load the configuration even if the device is installed utility. properly, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Multibit ECC errors were detected on the RAID Errors have occurred in the cache controller. The DIMM on the controller needs memory of the disk array controller.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-93 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description replacement. Contact technical support to resolve When this message is displayed, this issue. If you continue, data corruption can contact your reseller or call occure. Press X to continue or else power off the maintenance personnel. system and replace the DIMM module and reboot. If you have replaced the DIMM press X to continue
Single-bit ECC errors were detected during the previous boot of the RAID controller. The DIMM on the controller needs replacement. Contact technical support to resolve this issue. Press X to continue or else power off the system and replace the DIMM module and reboot. If you have replaced the DIMM press X to continue.
Single-bit overflow ECC errors were detected during the previous boot of the RAID controller. The DIMM on the controller needs replacement. Contact technical support to resolve this issue. If you continue, data corruption can occur. Press X to continue or else power off the system and replace the DIMM module and reboot. If you have replaced the DIMM press X to continue
Single-bit overflow ECC errors were detected during the previous boot of the controller. The DIMM on the controller needs replacement. If you continue, data coruption can occure. Press X to continue or else power off the system and replace the DIMM module and reboot. If you have replaced the DIMM press X to continue
Multibit ECC errors were detected on the RAID controller. If you contrinue, data corruption can occure. Contact technical support to resolve this issue. Press X to continue ore else power off the system, replace the controller and reboot.
Multiple Single-bit ECC errors were detected during the previous boot of the controller. The DIMM on the controller needs replacement. If you continue, data corruption can occur. Press X to continue or else power off the system, replace the DIMM module, and reboot. If you have replaced the DIMM, press X to continue.
Single-bit overflow ECC errors were detected on the RAID controller. If you continue, data corruption can occure. Contact technical support to resolve this issue. Press X to continue ore else power off the system, replace the controller and reboot.
Memory Error. Please check the SDRAM An error occurred on the disk array connection. If problems persist contact Tech controller memory. When this Support. message is displayed, contact your reseller or call maintenance Memory Error. Detected Unsupported RAID personnel. Controller Memory. Contact Tech suport.
4-94 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description
Unrecoverable Error. Please check the SDRAM connection. If problems persist contact Tech Support.
This is a TEST message. Press any key to ignore it, When this message is displayed, or wait 5 seconds. No further action is required. contact your reseller or call Press any key to continue, or C to load the maintenance personnel. configuration utility.
This firmware is an ALPHA version. It has not When this message is displayed, completed all validation. contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
This firmware is a BETA version. It has not When this message is displayed, completed all validation. contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
This firmware is a TEST version. It has not When this message is displayed, completed any validation. contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
The firmware version inconsistency was detected. When this message is displayed, The adapter was recovered, but cached data was contact your reseller or call lost. Press any key to continue or press C to load maintenance personnel. the configuration utility.
Firmware Failed Validation. Adapter needs to be reflashed.
The most recent configuration command could not Disk array configuration information be committed and must be retried. Press any key was cleared or not found. When this to continue, or press C to load the configuration message is displayed, contact your utility. reseller or call maintenance personnel. Previous configuration cleard or missing. Importing configuration created on X/Y X:Y Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration utility.
An enclosure was found that contains both SAS The disk array controller is operated and SATA drives, but this controller does not allow by incorrect parameters. When this mixed drive types in a single enclosure. Correct message is displayed, contact your the problem and restart your system. Press any reseller or call maintenance key to continue or press C to load the configuration personnel. utility.
SAS drvies were detected, but this controller does not suppoert SAS drives. Remove the SAS drives and restart your system. Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration utility.
SATA drvies were detected, but this controller does not suppoert SATA drives. Remove the SATA drives, and restart your system. Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration utility.
Raid Key Missing. Please check the Raid Key connection. If problems persist contact Tech Support.
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-95 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description
Raid Key Authentication Error. Please check the RAID Key installed for this solution. If problems persist contact Tech Support.
Raid Key OEM Authentication Error. Install the correct RAID key for this System. If problems persist contact Tech Support.
There are more enclosures connected to the port Incorrect enclosures are detected. than what is allowed for a single SAS port. Remove When this message is displayed, the extra enclosures, and then restart your contact your reseller or call system. maintenance personnel.
Invalid SAS topology detected. Check your cable When this message is displayed, configurations, repair the problem, and restart contact your reseller or call your system. maintenance personnel.
Invalid SAS Address present in SBR. Contact your When this message is displayed, system support. Press any key to continue with the contact your reseller or call default SAS address. maintenance personnel.
Invalid SAS Address present in MFC data. Program the valid SAS Addres, and restart your system.
Invalid memory configuration detected. Contact When this message is displayed, your system support. System has halted. contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Entering the configuration utility in this state will Hard disk configuration information result in drive configuration changes. Press Y to has been changed. When this continue loading the configuration utility or power message is displayed, contact your off your system and check your cables to ensure reseller or call maintenance that all the disks are present, and then restart. personnel.
External Enclosure does not support in controller's Incorrect information was detected Direct mapping mode. Contact your system from the enclosure. When this support. System has halted due to unsupported message is displayed, contact your configuration. reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Expander Detected in controller with Direct An unsupported device (expander) mapping mode. Reconfiguring automatically to is detected. When this message is persistent mapping mode. Automatic reboot would displayed, contact your reseller or happen in 10 seconds. call maintenance personnel.
The controller's I/O processor has a fault that can The processor of the controller is potentially cause data corruption. Your controller faulty. When this message is needs replacement. Contact your system support. displayed, contact your reseller or Press Y to acknowledge call maintenance personnel.
Number of disks exceeded the maximum Improper hard disks are detected. supported count of X disks. Remove the extra When this message is displayed, drives and reboot the system to avoid losing data contact your reseller or call Press Y to continue with extra drives. maintenance personnel.
Number of devices exceeded the maximum limit of devices per quad. Remove the extra drives and reboot the system to avoid losing data. System has halted due to unsupported configuration.
4-96 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description
Drive security is enabled on this controller and a Hard disk security functions are not pass phrase is required. Please enter the pass supported. When this message is phrase displayed, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. Invalid pass phrase. Please enter the pass phrase.
There was a drive security key error. All secure drives will be marked as foreign. Press any key to continue, or C to load the configuration utility.
Invalid pass phrase. If you continue, there will be a drive security key error and all secure configurations will be marked as foreign. Reboot the machine to retry the pass phrase or press any key to continue.
Unable to communicate to EKMS. If you continue, there will be a drive security key error and all secure configurations will be marked as foreign. Please check connection with the EKMS, reboot the machine to retry the EKMS or press anty key to continue.
Unable to change security to EKMS as not able to communicate to EKMS. If you continue, the drive security will remain to existing security mode. Please check connection with the EKMS, reboot the machine to retry the EKMS or press any key to continue
DKM existing key request failed; existing secure configurations will be labeled foreign and will not be accessible. Reboot server to retry.
DKM new key request failed; controller security mode transition was not successful. Reboot server to retry request, or press any key to continue
The native configuration is no longer supported by The native configuration is not the current controller settings. Please ensure that supported by the current disk array correct controller, iButton or key vault is being controller settings. When this used. If you continue, the configuration will be message is displayed, contact your marked foreign and part of it may be imported if reseller or call maintenance possible. Press any key to continue. personnel.
The battery is currently discharged or Cache backup module information is disconnected. Verify the connection and allow 30 incorrect. When this message is minutes for charging. If the battery is properly displayed, contact your reseller or connected and it has not returned to operational call maintenance personnel. state after 30 minutes of charging, contact technical support for additional assistance. Press D to disable this warning (if your controller does not have a battery).
The battery is currently discharged or disconnected. VDs configured in write-back mode will run in write-through mode to protect your data, and will return to write-back policy when the battery is operational. If VDs habe not returned to write-back mode after 30 minutes of charging then
MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades 4-97 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description contact technical support for additional assistance. The following VD is affected: X. Press any key to continue.
Two BBUs are connected to the adapter. This is not a supported configuration. Battery and caching operations are disabled. Remove one BBU and reboot to restore battery and caching operations. If dirty cache is lost in this boot, that could have been because of dual battery presence.
Firmware did not find valid NVDATA image. Valid setting files are not found. Program valid NVDATA image and restart your When this message is displayed, system. Press any key to continue. contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
IR to MR Migration failed. Press any key to Migration is not supported. When continue with MR defined NVDATA values this message is displayed, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
There are offline or missing virtual drives with No virtual drive is found. When this preserved cache. Check the cables and ensure that message is displayed, contact your all drives are present. Press any key to enter the reseller or call maintenance configuration utility. personnel.
Incompatible secondary iButton present! Please iButton is incorrect. When this insert the correct iButton and restart the system. message is displayed, contact your Press any key to continue but OEM-specific reseller or call maintenance features will not be upgraded. personnel.
Upgrade Key Missing! An upgrade key was present Any upgrade key is not supported. on a previous power cylce, but it is not connected. When this message is displayed, This can result in inaccessible data unless it is contact your reseller or call addressed. Reattach the upgrade key and reboot. maintenance personnel.
FW Flash in Progress. Please Reset system after X Firmware is being written. Restart minutes. the system X minutes later.
Serial Boot ROM(SBR) device is corrupt or bad. A Serial Boot ROM (SBR) is faulty. Please contact Tech Support. When this message is displayed, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
4-98 MegaRAID WebBIOS for storage expansion blades Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility
This chapter describes logical drive configuration of internal drives using SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility.
□ Flowchart of the utility
□ Key operation for the utility
□ Handling error messages at the system boot
□ Starting the utility
□ Viewing and setting information about the utility
□ Window configuration of the utility
□ Disk array controller settings
□ Creating virtual drives
□ Initializing virtual drives
□ Deleting virtual drives
□ Consistency check on virtual drives
□ Assigning Hotspare
□ Unassigning Hotspare
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide □ Rebuilding virtual drives
□ Displaying error messages at the system boot
□ Ending the utility
□ Drive with foreign configuration
□ Clearing the configuration information
□ Status
□ Error messages at the system boot
5-2 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Flowchart of the utility
The following flowchart shows configuration of the LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Key operation for the utility
This section describes how to operate the LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility with the keyboard.
Key Operation
[↑], [↓], [←], [→] Moves the cursor.
[Enter], [Space] Selects an item that the cursor is placed on. Determines an item setting. Changes values.
[0] to [9] Inputs a numeric value.
[a] to [z] Inputs a alphabetical character.
[Esc] Exits from the current menu.
Note: You can use only the keyboard to operate this utility.
Handling error messages at the system boot
Procedure for handling error messages When a critical error, such as that the disk array controller does not work properly and that the drive is not recongnized, is detected at the system boot, an error message appears like the following and you are prompted to enter a key.
5-4 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide When an error message appears, follow the steps below.
Note: If your condition is one of the following, change Boot Error Handling setting to Ignore Errors. See Displaying error messages at the system boot on page 5-45 for details. • To prevent error messages from appearing at the system boot • The disk array controller is no longer used.
1. When an error message apperas at the system boot, press Esc.
2. See Error messages at the system boot on page 5-52 to perform necessary measures.
Note: Boot procedure cannot proceeed depending on the error message. See Error messages at the system boot on page 5-52 for errors by which boot procedure cannot proceed, and consult your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Booting with an error message If you proceed with booting the utility with an error message on the window, follow the steps below.
1. Press Enter when an error message is displayed.
2. When the following is displayed, type a character string such as failure or trouble and then Press Enter.
Tip: If the Critical Message window does not appear, see Error messages at the system boot on page 5-52 for errors by which boot procedure cannot proceed.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. When the following is displayed, press Esc to close the Critical Message window.
4. When the following is displayed, press Y to exit the setup utility.
5. press F1. Check that "
6. EFI setup menu starts up. See Starting the utility on page 5-7 to start the LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility
5-6 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Starting the utility
This section describes how to start the LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility.
1. Start the remote console, and then power on the server blade. Click Power > Power On in the tool bar of the remote console.
2. When
3. UEFI setup menu starts up and the System Configuraion and Boot Management window appears.
Note: When the OS has started before pressing the key, shut down the OS and restart the server blade. See the documents attached to your OS for shutting down because a specific procedure may be required for shutting down some OS, such as Windows.
4. Select System Settings on the System Configuration and Boot Management window, and press Enter.
5. When System Settings menu appears, select Storage and press Enter.
6. When Storage menu appears, select LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility and press Enter.
Tip: If an SMP configuration is used, a maximum of four RAID controllers are recognized. In this case, select a target RAID controller based on the information of [Bus xx] under [PCI Function Address:] that is displayed on the right side of the window when you select [LSI MegaRAID
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide For an SMP configuration connected to a 2-blade SMP connect board: - The RAID controller of the primary server blade: "Bus" is identified with a number from 0 to 127. - The RAID controller of a non-primary server blade: "Bus" is identified with a number from 128 to 255. For an SMP configuration connected to a 4-blade SMP connect board: - The RAID controller of the primary server blade: "Bus" is identified with a number from 0 to 63. -The RAID controller of the second non-primary server blade from the bottom: "Bus" is identified with a number from 64 to 127. - The RAID controller of the third non-primary server blade from the bottom: "Bus" is identified with a number from 128 to 191. - The RAID controller of the fourth non-primary server blade from the bottom: "Bus" is identified with a number from 192 to 255.
7. The utility starts up.
5-8 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Viewing and setting information about the utility
This section describes setting items and values and displayed items of LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility. • In the table for each menu, default values are enclosed in << >>. • In the table for each menu, recommended values are enclosed in [ ]. Example: [<
Note: Unless otherwise specified, use the recommended values for all setting items. If you set non-recommended values, the system unit would not be supported and might not operate properly. When a setting window continues to the next, the downward arrow in red [↓] is shown on the window.
Window configuration of the utility
This section describes window configuration of the LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility.
Main Menu Start LSI MegaRAID HITACHI SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility, and the following Main Menu is dipslayed.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Reference
Configuration • Creates virtual drives. Configuration Management • Deletes virtual drives. Management: Creating virtual drives on page • Displays virtual drives. 5-11 • Imports configuration information.
Controller • Displays the disk array controller Controller Management: Management information. Controller management • Sets the disk array controlller. menu on page 5-12 • Deletes virtual drives.
Virtual Drive • Configures logical drives. Virtual Drive Management: Management • Executes tasks of virtual drives. Virtual drive management menu on page 5-13 • Displays virtual drive information.
Drive Management • Displays physical drive Drive Management: information. Physical drive management • Executes tasks of physical drives. menu on page 5-17 • Assigns hotspare. • Unassign hotspare. • Displays hotspare configuration information.
Hardware Manages batteries. - Components1
Note:
1. Do not select this item which is not supported.
5-10 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Configuration Management: Creating virtual drives You can create, add, and delete virtual drives, and display information.
1. Select Configuration Management on the Main Menu window, and press Enter.
2. Configuration Management window appears.
Menu items Description Reference
Create Virtual Drive1 Creates virtual drives. - (Respective values cannot be set.)
Create Virtual Drive - Creates virtual drives. Creating virtual drives on Advanced (Respective values can be page 5-25 set.)
View Drive Group Displays virtual drive - Properties information.
Clear Configuration Deletes all virtual drives. To delete all virtual drives on page 5-37
Manage Foreign Imports or deletes Drive with foreign Configuration configuration information. configuration on page 5-47
Note:
1. Do not select this item which is not supported.
Tip:
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide • Create Virtual Drive and Create Virtual Drive – Advanced menus are displayed when there is a physical drive to create logical drives. • View Drive Group Properties is displayed when a logical drive has been created. • Manage Foreign Configuration is displayed when there is inconsistency in configuration information.
Controller Management: Controller management menu You can display and set hardware information of the disk array controller, and delete all virtual drives already created simultaneously.
1. Select Controller Management on the Main Menu window, and press Enter.
2. Controller Management window appears.
Menu items Description Reference
Set Factory Return all setting values to the - Defaults default.
Clear Configuraion Deletes all virtual drives under To delete all virtual drives the disk array controller. on page 5-37
Select Boot Device Sets a virtual drive to use as a Do not select this item due boot drive. (Not supported) to not supported.
Advanced… Sets the disk array controller. Disk array controller settings on page 5-21
5-12 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Do not use "Set Factory Defaults", which requires to change the setting value to the recommended value.
Virtual Drive Management: Virtual drive management menu You can create and display virtual drives; execute tasks; and delete all virtual drives already created simultaneously.
1. Select Virtual Drive Management on the Main Menu window, and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive Management window appears. Select a virtual drive to check information, and press Enter.
3. The virtual drive information is displayed.
Menu items Description Reference
Operation Executes a task to the virtual drive. Executing tasks on a virtual drive on page 5-14
Name displays and sets virtual drive Naming a virtual drive on name. page 5-15
Raid Level RAID level on the virtual drive RAID0 / RAID1 / RAID10
Status Status of the virtual drive Optimal / Degraded / Offline
Size Size of the virtual drive -
View Associated Create virtual drives. - Drives Displays the virtual drive information.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-13 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Reference
Advanced… Displays and sets the virtual drive Changing advanced settings information in detail. on a virtual drive on page 5-16
Note: Do not select RAID 10 that is not supported.
Executing tasks on a virtual drive Follow the steps below to execute tasks on a virtual drive.
1. Select Operation, and press Enter.
2. The following appears in the middle of the window.
Menu items Description Reference
VirtuaDdrive Erase1 Initializes the virtual drive. -
Check Consistency Executes consistency check on Consistency check on the virtual drive. virtual drives on page 5-40
Slow Initialization Initializes all areas of the virtual Initializing virtual drives drive. on page 5-34
Fast Initialization1 Initializes the virtual drive at - high speed.
Reconfigure Virtual Expands the virtual drive - Drives1 capacity.
Delete Virtual Drives Deletes the virtual drive. To delete virtual drives respectively on page 5-38
5-14 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Reference
Stop Locate1 Turns off LED of physical drives - composing the virtual drive
Start Locate1 Turns on or blinks LED of - physical drives composing the virtual drive
Select operation Default value No task to be executed.
Note:
1. Do not select this item which is not supported.
Naming a virtual drive Follow the steps below to name a virtual drive.
1. Select Name, and press Enter.
2. The following appears in the middle of the window. Type a virtual drive name using up to 16 characters, and press Enter.
3. Check the virtual drive name. Check that the virtual drive name shown in the Name line is the one you typed "Drive Name."
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-15 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Changing advanced settings on a virtual drive Follow the steps below to change advanced settings for a virtual drive.
1. Select Advanced, and press Enter.
2. Advanced window appears.
5-16 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Click ↓ key to show the following menu.
Menu items View/Setting Value/View/Reference
Apply Changes Applies settings. -
Mirror Data Size Virtual drive size -
Logical Sector Size Logical sector size 512 B
Segment Size Access size of the virtual 64 KB drive
Starting Logical Block Starting address of the - Addressing (LBA) virtual drive
Protected Data protection No
Bad Blocks With or without Bad Blocks -
SSD Caching SSD cache setting Disabled
Access Access to the virtual drive Blocked / Read Only / [<
Current Write Chache Current Write Chache Policy Write Through Policy
Default Write Chache Default Write Chache Policy Write Through Policy
Disable Background Background Initialization <
Read Cache Policy Read Cache Policy No Read Ahead
Drive Cache Write Chache Policy on the [Disable] / Enable / physical drive <
Input/Output (I/O) Read Cache operation setting Direct
Apply Changes Applies settings. -
3. Select a menu item to set, and change the value.
Drive Management: Physical drive management menu You can display physical drive information; execute tasks; assign and unassign hotspare, and display hotspare setting information.
1. Select Drive Management on the Main Menu window, and press Enter.
2. Drive Management window appears. Select a virtual drive to check information and press Enter.
3. The physical drive information is displayed.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-17 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items View/description Value/view/reference
Operation Executes a task on the physical Executing tasks on a physical drive. drive on page 5-18
Drive ID Physical drive ID number Port0 / Port1 / Port2 / Port3
Status Physical drive status Online / Offline / Unconfigured Good / Unconfiugred Bad / Rebuild
Size Physical drive size -
Type Physical drive type Disk
Model Physical drive serial number -
Hardware Vendor Physical drive vendor -
Associated Virtual Virtual drive associated with the - Drive physical drive
Advanced… Advanced settings of the Changing advanced settings on physical drive a physical drive on page 5-19
Executing tasks on a physical drive Follow the steps below to execute tasks on a physical drive.
1. Select Operation, and press Enter.
2. The following appears in the middle of the window.
5-18 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Available tasks depend on the physical drive status. Select from a list displayed.
Menu items Description Reference
Select operation - -
Start Locate Turns on LED of the physical drive. -
Stop Locate Turns off LED of the physical drive. -
Place Drive Offline1 Place the physical drive offline. -
Place Drive Online1 Place the physical drive online. -
Initialize Drive1 Initializes all areas of the physical - drive.
Drive Erase1 Initializes all areas of the physical - drive.
Make Unconfiugred Bad1 Make the physical drive Unconfiugred - Bad.
Make Unconfiugred Good1 Make the physical drive Unconfiugred - Good.
Assign Global Hot Spare Assign Global Hot Spare to the Assigning Hotspare Drive physical drive on page 5-40
Unassign Hot Spare Drive Unassign Hot Spare from the physical Unassigning Hotspare drive. on page 5-43
Rebuild1 Starts rebuilding. -
Note:
1. Do not select this item which is not supported.
Changing advanced settings on a physical drive Follow the steps below to change advanced settings for a physical drive.
1. Select Advanced, and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-19 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description
Certified Certification
Logical Sector Size Logical Sector Size
Physical Sector Size Physical Sector Size
SMART Status SMART polling setting
Revision Physical drive revision
Connected Port Port number recognized by the disk array controller
Media Errors Number of detected media errors
Predicted Fail Count Number of detected SMART warnings
SAS Address SAS Address
Cache Setting Physical drive cache setting
Available Size (GB) Size available for virtual drive configuration
Used Space (GB) Space used for virtual drive configuration
Disk Protocol Physical drive protocol
Negotiated Drive Transfer Speed Physical drive transfer speed
Number of Connections Number of connected physical drives
FDE Capable Full-disk encryption is capable or not.
Protection Capable Protection is capable or not.
Temperature Physical drive temperature
5-20 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. Select a menu item to set, and change the value.
Disk array controller settings
You can configure disk array controller hardware configuration on this window.
1. Select Controller Management on the Main Menu window, and press Enter.
2. Controller Management window appears. Select Advanced and press Enter.
3. Advanced Controller Management window appears.
Press ↓ key to show the following menu.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-21 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items View/description Value/view/reference
Schedule Consistency Specify a timing for - Check1 consistency check.
Manage MegaRAID Check RAID advanced - Advanced Software options. Options1
Save Controller Events1 Save event logs of the disk - array contoller.
Clear Controller Events1 Delete event logs of the disk - array contoller.
Disable Protection1 Data protection setting -
Save TTY Log1 Save trace logsof the disk - array contoller firmware.
Host Interface Interface for the disk array PCI-E contoller
Connector Count Number of connectors 2
Drive Count Number of physical devices - onboard
Virtual Drive Count Number of configured vitual - drives
Encryption Capable Controller encryption is No capable or not.
Protection Capable RAID controller data Yes protection is capable or not.
Protection Enabled Data protection status Yes
ROC Temperature (C) Chip temperature -
5-22 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items View/description Value/view/reference
Shield State Supported Status of diagnostics for Yes physical drives of the disk array contoller
NVSRAM Size (MB) NVSRAM Size 32
Metadata Size (MB) Metadata Size 512
Minimum Strip Size Minimum Strip Size 64 KB
Maximum Strip Size Maximum Strip Size 64 KB
CacheCade – SSD CacheCade setting Disabled Caching
Write Cache Capable Write Cache setting No
Configured Cache Size Current cache size (GB) 0 (GB)
Maximum Allowed Maximum Allowed Cache Size 0 Cache Size (GB) (GB)
Replace Drive Copyback Enabled (valid) / [<
Replace Drive on SMART copyback Enabled (valid) / SMART Error [<
Rebuild Rate Priority of rebuilding process 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Background Priority of background 0 to 100 / [<<30>>] Initialization initialization (BGI) Rate
Consistency Check Rate Priority of consistency check 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Reconstruction Rate Priority of capacity expansion 0 to 100 / [<<30>>]
Controller BIOS Disk array contoller BIOS is [<
Coercion Mode Set a physical hard disk in [<
SMART Polling Sets an interval of SMART 0 to 65535/ [<<600>>] polling
Alarm Control Sounds the disk array Enabled (valid) / contoller buzzer when a [<
Boot Error Handling Error notice of the disk array Safe mode (Boot in safe contoller at the system boot mode) / [Ignoreerrors (Ignores the error to continue running)] (Recommendable value without using SAS 3004
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-23 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items View/description Value/view/reference iMR) / [Pause on errors (Suspends when an error occurs) (Recommendable value with using SAS 3004 iMR) / <
Stop Consistency Check Set a behavior when an error Enabled (Stops consistency on Error is detected at consistency check) / [<
Maintain Drive Fail Failed hardisk is used or not. [<
Load Balance Load balancing [<
Enable Auto Import Loads foreign configuration [<
Persistent Hot Spare Sets hot spare automatically. [<
Manage Link Speed1 Transfer speed of the - physical drive
Spin Down Spin down setting for unused Enabled (valid) / Unconfigured Good hard disks [<
Spin Down Hot Spare Spin down setting for a hard Enabled (valid) / Drives disk assigned to hot spare [<
Drive Standby Time Time that takes a drive goes 30 Mins to 24 Hours / to standby mode [<<30 Mins>>]
Spinup Drive Count Number of hard disk mortors [2] to start at the system boot
Spinup Delay A timing when hard disk [6] mortors start up at the system boot.
Patrol Read State Patrol read status -
Patrol Read Iteration Number of patrol read - processes
Patrol Read Mode Operational conditions for [<
Patrol Read Rate Priority of patrol read [<<30>>] processes
Start Patrol Read1 Starts Patrol Read. -
Suspend Patrol Read1 Suspends Patrol Read. -
Resume Patrol Read1 Resumes Patrol Read. -
5-24 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items View/description Value/view/reference
Stop Patrol Read1 Stops Patrol Read. -
Patrol Read Setting for Patrol read setting for unused - physical drives Unconfigured Space1
Apply Changes Applies the setting change. -
Note:
1. Do not select this item which is not supported.
Note: When not using SAS 3004 iMR, select Ignore errors as Boot Error Handling setting. When using SAS 3004 iMR, select Pause on errors as Boot Error Handling setting.
4. Select a menu item to set, and change the value.
Creating virtual drives
This section describes how to create virtual drives.
Creating RAID 0 or RAID 1 virtual drives This subsection describes how to create RAID 0 or RAID 1 virtual drives.
1. Select Create Virtual Drive - Advanced on the Configuration Management window, and press Enter.
Note: Do not select Create Virtual Drive on the Configuration Management window. If Create Virtual Drive is selected, you cannot create virtual drives with correct setting values.
2. Create Virtual Drive - Advanced window appears.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-25 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Select Select RAID Level and press Enter.
4. Select a RAID level to create and press Enter.
Note: Use Unconfigured Capacity as Select Drives From as it is.
5. Select Select Drives and press Enter.
6. Select Drives window appears. Set HDD or SSD as Select Media Type.
5-26 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: • Use Both as Select Interface Type and as Logical Sector Size as they are. • Select a drive type the same as that installed in the system unit. The default value of Select Media Type is HDD. When SSD is installed in the system unit, select SSD as Select Media Type. If not, drives required for creating RAID will not appear on the menu.
7. Select a physical drive to create RAID configuration following description below.
¢ To create RAID 0 or RAID 1 using two drives Select Check All and press Enter.
¢ To create RAID 0 on the drive in slot 0
¢ Select a physical drive recognized as Drive Port 0 – 3:01:00 and press Space to check in the square brackets.
¢ To create RAID 0 on the drive in slot 2
¢ Select a physical drive to use and press Space to check in the square brackets.
Note: Make sure to select a drive following the steps above. If not, the drive may not be selected correctly. • RAID 0 requires one to two physical drives. • RAID 1 requires two physical drives.
8. Select Apply Changes and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-27 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9. Change setting values as necessary.
Menu items Description Value/reference
Virtual Drive Name Sets a virtual drive name Name any name.
Virtual Drive Size Virtual drive size Set any value.
Virtual Drive Size Unit Sets a virtual drive size unit KB / MB / [<
5-28 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Value/reference
Strip Size Strip size 64 KB
Access Policy Access policy [<
Drive Cache Sets drive cache of the Enable / [Disable]/ physical drive <
Disable Background Executes Background [Yes] / <
Default Initialization Initialization after creating Full / Fast / [<
10. When settings are complete, select Save Configuration and press Enter.
11. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
12. Select Yes and press Enter.
13. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-29 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Virtual drives have been successfully created. Then, initialize virtual drives referring to Initializing virtual drives on page 5-34.
Adding virtual drives You can add virtual drives following the steps below.
1. Select Create Virtual Drive - Advanced on the Configuration Management window, and press Enter.
Note: Do not select Create Virtual Drive on the Configuration Management window. If Create Virtual Drive is selected, you cannot create virtual drives with correct setting values.
2. Create Virtual Drive - Advanced window appears.
3. Select Select Drives From and press Enter.
4. Select Free Capacity and press Enter.
5. Select Select Drive Groups and press Enter.
6. Select Drive Groups window appears.
7. Select a Drive Group to add virtual drives to and press Space.
5-30 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8. Select Apply Changes and press Enter.
9. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
10. Change setting values as necessary.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-31 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Menu items Description Value/reference
Virtual Drive Name Sets cirtual drive name. Name any name.
Virtual Drive Size Virtual drive size Set any value.
Virtual Drive Size Unit Sets virtual drive size unit. KB / MB / [<
Strip Size Strip size 64 KB
Access Policy Access policy [<
Drive Cache Sets drive cache of the Enable / [<
Disable Background Executes Background [<
Default Initialization Initialization after creating Full / Fast / [<
11. When settings are complete, select Save Configuration and press Enter.
12. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
5-32 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 13. Select Yes and press Enter.
14. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
Virtual drives have been successfully created. Then ,initialize virtual drives referring to Initializing virtual drives on page 5-34.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-33 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Initializing virtual drives
This section decsribes how to initialize virtual drives.
Note: Initializing virtual drives will corrupt data on the drives, including virtual drive information, which is required for OS operation. Make sure to back up necessary data before initialization.
Note: • Virtual drives in consistency check or rebuild cannot be initialized. When each processing is complete, initialize the virtual drive. • You cannot work on the virtual drives in initialization, such as OS installation. Wait for initialization to complete.
Slow initialization This subsection describes how to execute initializaiton on all areas of virtual drives.
1. Select Virtual Drive Management from the Main menu and press Enter.
2. Select a virtual drive to initialize and press Enter.
3. Select Operation and press Enter.
4. Select Slow initialization and press Enter.
5. Select Go and press Enter.
6. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
5-34 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7. Select Yes and press Enter.
8. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
9. Initialization starts and Progress indicates the current progress rate.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-35 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows an estimate time for Slow Initialization.
Physical drive capacity Time required for Slow Initialization
300 GB (SAS 2.5 HDD) about 40 minutes
900 GB (SAS 2.5 HDD) about 110 minutes
400 GB (SAS 2.5 SSD) about 20 minutes
Note: • Time required for initialization varies depending on the single disk capacity regardless of the RAID level or disk array capacity. • Since Slow Initialization rewrites 0, zero, into physical drives one after another, contents of physical drives have been rewritten if you stop the initialization at some point. • Progress will not be updated on the state of this window, go on to step 10.
10. press Esc on the window displayed in step 9.
11. Virtual Drive Management window appears. Select a virtual drive to check the progress, and press Enter.
12. Virtual drive information appears. Check the item Progress has disappeared.
Note: If Progress still indicates a progress rate (%), return to step 10 referring to the estimate time shown in the table in step 9.
Virtual drives have been successfully initialized.
5-36 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Deleting virtual drives
This subsection describes how to delete virtual drives already created. You can use two types for deleting virtual drives. See To delete all virtual drives on page 5-37 and To delete virtual drives respectively on page 5-38 for details.
Note: When a virtual drive is deleted, the virtual drive cannot work because the virtual drive information is lost. Make sure to back up necessary data before deleting virtual drives.
Note: While executing the operation, initialization, rebuild, or consistency check on a virtual drive, you cannot delete the virtual drive.
To delete all virtual drives This subsection describes how to delete all vertual drives simultaneously.
1. Select Configuration Management from the Main menuand press Enter.
2. Configuration Management window appears. Select Clear Configuration and press Enter.
3. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
4. Select Yes and press Enter.
5. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-37 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. All virtual drives are deleted simultaneously.
To delete virtual drives respectively This subsection describes how to delete vertual drives respectively.
1. Select Virtual Drive Management from the Main menu and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive Management window appears. Select a logical drive to delet and press Enter.
3. Select Operation and press Enter.
4. Select Delete Virtual Drive and press Enter.
5. Select Go and press Enter.
5-38 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
7. Select Yes and press Enter.
8. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-39 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9. The selected drive is deleted.
Consistency check on virtual drives
You need to execute consistency check using RAID utility, Server installation and monitoring tool - internal storage monitor referring to Server installation and monitoring tool User's Guide - internal storage monitoring functions contained in the flash memory embedded in the system unit. See OS Installation Guide for (OS name) in the flash memory embedded in the server chassis for where it is.
Note: • Consistency check can be executed with RAID 1 that has redundancy. • When virtual drives are degraded, consistency check cannot be executed. You need to execute consistency check after recovery. • When a virtual drive is in initialization, consistency check is not available. Complete initialization before executing consistency check on the virtual drive.
Assigning Hotspare
This section describes the procedure for setting hotspare (reserve disks).
Note: • Sure to configure redundant disk array, RAID 1, before setting hotspares.
5-40 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide • Install a hard disk in the virtual drive consisting of hard disks. Install an SSD in the virtual drive consisting of SSDs. You cannot set a different disk as a reserve disk.
1. Select Controller Management from the Main menu, and press Enter.
2. Select a physical drive to set to hot spare and press Enter.
Note: Only a physical drive whose status is "Unconfigured Good" (unused) can be set as hot spare.
3. Select Operation and press Enter.
4. Select Assign Global Hot Spare Drive and press Enter.
5. Select Go and press Enter.
6. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-41 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7. Select Yes and press Enter.
8. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
9. Hot spare is set to the physical drive.
5-42 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Unassigning Hotspare
This section describes the procedure for unassigning hotspare.
1. Select Drive Management from the Main Menu, and press Enter.
2. Select the hot-spare physical drive to unassign and press Enter.
3. Select Operation and press Enter.
4. Select Unassign Global Hot Spare Drive and press Enter.
5. Select Go and press Enter.
6. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-43 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7. Select Yes and press Enter.
8. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
9. Hot spare is unassigned from the physical drive.
5-44 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Rebuilding virtual drives
You need to rebuild virtual drives using RAID utility, Server installation and monitoring tool - internal storage monitor referring to Server installation and monitoring tool User's Guide - internal storage monitoring functions contained in the flash memory embedded. See OS Installation Guide for (OS name) in the flash memory embedded in the server chassis for where it is.
Note: Rebuilding can be executed with RAID 1 that has redundancy.
Tip: • When hot spare is set, virtual drives will be automatically rebuilt if a physical drive fails. • When hot spare is not set, replace the failed physical drive with a proper one to start rebuilding automatically. • Only when automatic rebuilding does not start for some reason, rebuild virtual drives manually.
Displaying error messages at the system boot
When you need the following conditions, change Boot Error Handling settings. • SAS 3004 iMR error messages should not appear at the system boot. • Internal disk array controller should not be used. If using N+M cold standby, change settings of the standby partition (server blade). This section describes how to change Boot Error Handling for disk array controllers.
Note: When N+M cold standby is configured, the disk array embedded in a server blade is not supported.
To prevent boot error messages Follow the steps below to prevent boot error messages from appearing.
1. Select Controller Management from the Main menu, and press Enter.
2. Controller Management window appears. Select Advanced and press Enter.
3. Advanced Controller Management window appears. Select Boot Error Handling and press Enter.
4. Select one of the following values and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-45 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Make sure to select Stop on errors or Ignore errors. Never select a value other than those shown below.
Menu items Description
Stop on errors Enables error messages at the system boot. (Recommended value when a disk array controller is used.)
Ignore errors Disables error messages at the system boot. (Recommended value when a disk array controller is not used.)
5. Select Apply Changes and press Enter.
Ending the utility
This section describes how to end the Utility.
1. Press ESC several times on the Main Menu window to return to EFI Menu main window.
2. Press ESC on EFI Menu to show the following. When the following message appears, make sure to press Y.
5-46 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide If the following appears, press Enter to restart the ssytem.
Drive with foreign configuration
This section describes how to deal with a physical drive with a different configuration detected from the disk array controller board configuration. Difference in configuration may be caused by the following conditions.
Conditions to generate foreign configuration
A physical drive failed and could not be recognized. Then the physical drive has been restored to be recognized.
A physical drive, used in another device with a specific virtual drive configuration, is used.
Follow the steps below to check the configuration.
1. Select Configuration Management from the Main Menu, and press Enter.
2. Configuration Management window appears. Select Manage Foreign Configuraion and press Enter.
3. Manage Foreign Configuraion window appears. Select Preview Foreign Configuraion and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-47 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Configuration is displayed.
5. Check the configuration. When it is correct, execute Importing the configuration information on page 5-49. If not correct, Clearing the configuration information on page 5-50.
5-48 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Importing the configuration information When the configuration is correct, follow the steps below to import it.
1. Select Import Foreign Configuration and press Enter.
2. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
3. Select Yes and press Enter.
4. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-49 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Clearing the configuration information
When the configuration is not correct, follow the steps below to clear it.
1. Select Clearing Foreign Configuration and press Enter.
2. The following Warning appears. Select Confirm and press Space.
5-50 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Select Yes and press Enter.
4. The following message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-51 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Status
This section describes status of virtual drives.
Status of the virtual drive Here is a list of statuses for virtual drives.
Status Description
Optimal Normal. The virtual drive is operable.
Degraded One physical drive fails in the RAID 1virtual drive.
Offline The virtual drive is inoperable because of either failures in multiple physical drives in a redundant virtual drive or a failure in a physical drive in a non- redundant virtual drive.
Status of the physical drive Here is a list of statuses for the hard disk.
Status Description
Online Normal: used in the virtual drive.
Hot Spare Normal. The physical drive is set to hot spare.
Offline/Failed A fault has occurred. The physical drive is separated from the virtual drive due to a failure.
Rebuild Rebuilding is underway.
Unconfigured Good This is not used for a virtual drive
Unconfigured Bad A fault has occurred. The unrecognizable physical drive is restored to recognizable.
Missing A fault has occurred. A "normal" physical drive has been removed.
Error messages at the system boot
Here is a list of messages for MegaRAID WebBIOS displayed at system startup.
Message Description
A discovery error has occurred. Cause: Power-cycle the system and all the The disk array controller was not recognized. enclosures attached to this system. Action:
5-52 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. In addition, if this message appeared, the system startup cannot continue.
All of the disks from your previous Cause: configuration are gone. If this is an No logical drives are recognized. unexpected message, then power off your system and check your Action 1: cables to ensure all disks are a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter present. key. Press any key to continue or press The following message appears: Critical C to load the configuration utility Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
An enclosure was found that Cause: contains both SAS and SATA The disk array controller is operated by drives, but this controller does not incorrect parameters. allow mixed drive types in a single enclosure. Action 1: Correct the problem and restart a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter your system. key. Press any key to continue or press The following message appears: Critical C to load the configuration utility. Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
A snapshot rollback is in progress Cause: on VDs %s, controller cannot boot
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-53 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description until the rollback operation The disk array controller parameter is incorrect. completes. Press any key to enter Action 1: the configuration utility. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. The LSI MegaRAID
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
Consecutive power loss detected Cause: during IOs on non-optimal write- An invalid power-off or reboot was executed back volume/s. during a write operation. This may have resulted in data Action 1: integrity issues. a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter Press 'X' to proceed. key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message is displayed even though an incorrect power-off or reboot has not been
5-54 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description executed during write operation, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
DKM new key request failed; Cause: controller security mode transition The hard disk security functionality is not was not successful. supported. Reboot server to retry request, or Action 1: press any key to continue a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Drive security is enabled on this Cause: controller and a pass phrase is The disk array controller parameter is incorrect. required. Action: Please enter the pass phrase If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Entering the configuration utility in Cause: this state results in drive An inconsistency was found in the logical drive configuration changes. configuration information. Press Y to continue loading the Action 1: configuration utility or power off your system and check your cables a. Press the Y key, and then press the Enter to ensure that all the disks are key. present, and then restart. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
External Enclosure does not Cause: support in controller's Direct The enclosure of the external disk array system mapping mode. Contact your is incorrect. system support. Action: System has halted due to unsupported configuration. If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. In addition, if this message appeared, the system startup cannot continue.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-55 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description
Firmware did not find valid Cause: NVDATA image. Valid firmware setting files were not found. Program valid NVDATA image and Action 1: restart your system. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter Press any key to continue key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Incompatible secondary iButton Cause: present! The iButton is invalid. Please insert the correct iButton Action: and restart the system. Press any key to continue but OEM-specific If this message appeared, contact your reseller features are not upgraded. or call maintenance personnel.
Invalid memory configuration Cause: detected. Invalid memory information was detected. Contact your system support. Action: System has halted. If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. In addition, if this message appeared, the system startup cannot continue.
Invalid pass phrase. Cause: Please enter the pass phrase. Valid firmware setting files were not found. Action: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Invalid pass phrase. Cause: If you continue, there is a drive The hard disk security functionality is not security key error and all secure supported. configurations are marked as Action 1: foreign. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter Reboot the machine to retry the key. pass phrase or press any key to continue. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
5-56 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Invalid SAS Address present in Cause: SBR. An invalid SAS address exists. Contact your system support. Action 1: Press any key to continue with the default SAS address. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Invalid SAS topology detected. Cause: Check your cable configurations, Invalid SAS topology was detected. repair the problem, and restart Action: your system. If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. In addition, if this message appeared, the system startup cannot continue.
IR to MR Migration failed. Cause: Press any key to continue with MR Migration is not supported. defined NVDATA values Action 1:
a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
L2/L3 Cache error was detected on Cause: the RAID controller. Please contact An error occurred in the cache memory of the technical support to resolve this disk array controller. issue. Press 'X' to continue or else power off the system, replace the Action 1: controller and reboot. a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-57 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Number of devices exceeded the Cause: maximum limit of devices per The number of recognized drives exceeds the quad. maximum number supported by the disk array Remove the extra drives and controller. reboot the system to avoid losing Action: data. If this message appeared, contact your reseller System has halted due to or call maintenance personnel. unsupported configuration. In addition, if this message appeared, the system startup cannot continue.
Number of disks exceeded the Cause: maximum supported count of 16 The number of installed drives exceeds the disks. maximum number supported by the disk array Remove the extra drives and controller. reboot the system to avoid losing Action 1: data Press Y to continue with extra drives. a. Press the Y key, and then press the Enter key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Multibit ECC errors were detected Cause: on the RAID controller. An error occurred in the cache memory of the If you continue, data corruption disk array controller. can occur. Action 1: Contact technical support to a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter resolve this issue. key. Press X to continue or else power The following message appears: Critical off the system, replace the Message handling completed. Please exit. controller and reboot. b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
5-58 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Multibit ECC errors were detected Cause: on the RAID controller. The DIMM An error occurred in the cache memory of the on the controller needs disk array controller. replacement. Contact technical support to resolve this issue. Action 1: If you continue, data corruption a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter can occur. Press X to continue or key. else power off the system and The following message appears: Critical replace the DIMM module and Message handling completed. Please exit. reboot. b. Press the ESC key. If you have replaced the DIMM The selection window appears. press X to continue c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Multiple Single-bit ECC errors were Cause: detected during the previous boot An error occurred in the cache memory of the of the controller. disk array controller. The DIMM on the controller needs Action 1: replacement. a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter If you continue, data corruption key. can occur. The following message appears: Critical Press X to continue or else power Message handling completed. Please exit. off the system, replace the DIMM module, and reboot. b. Press the ESC key. If you have replaced the DIMM, The selection window appears. press X to continue. c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
On-board expander firmware or Cause: mfg image is corrupted. The expander is invalid. Flash expander firmware and mfg Action: image using recovery tools. If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. If this message appeared, the system startup cannot continue.
SAS drives were detected, but this Cause: controller does not support SAS Incorrect enclosures were detected. drives. Action 1: Remove the SAS drives and restart your system. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-59 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description Press any key to continue or press The following message appears: Critical C to load the configuration utility. Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
Single-bit ECC errors were Cause: detected during the previous boot An error occurred in the cache memory of the of the RAID controller.The DIMM disk array controller. on the controller needs replacement. Action 1: Contact technical support to a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter resolve this issue. key. Press X to continue or else power The following message appears: Critical off the system and replace the Message handling completed. Please exit.
DIMM module and reboot.If you b. Press the ESC key. have replaced the DIMM press X to The selection window appears. continue. c. Press the Y key. System startup continues.
5-60 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Single-bit overflow ECC errors Cause: were detected during the previous An error occurred in the cache memory of the boot of the RAID controller. disk array controller. The DIMM on the controller needs Action 1: replacement. Contact technical support to resolve this issue. a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter key. If you continue, data corruption can occur. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit. Press X to continue or else power off the system and replace the b. Press the ESC key. DIMM module and reboot. The selection window appears.
If you have replaced the DIMM c. Press the Y key. press X to continue System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Single-bit overflow ECC errors Cause: were detected on the RAID An error occurred in the cache memory of the controller. disk array controller. If you continue, data corruption Action 1: can occur. a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter Contact technical support to key. resolve this issue. The following message appears: Critical Press X to continue or else power Message handling completed. Please exit. off the system, replace the controller and reboot. b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Single-bit overflow ECC errors Cause: were detected during the previous An error occurred in the cache memory of the boot of the controller.The DIMM on disk array controller. the controller needs replacement. Action 1: If you continue, data corruption can occur. a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter key. Press X to continue or else power off the system, replace the DIMM The following message appears: Critical module, and reboot. Message handling completed. Please exit. If you have replaced the DIMM, b. Press the ESC key. press X to continue. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-61 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Snapshot Repository VDs %s have Cause: been removed from your system, The disk array controller parameter is incorrect. or are no longer accessible. Please check your cables and ensure all Action 1:
disks are present. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter If you continue to boot the key. system, the snapshot-related data The following message appears: Critical is lost. Message handling completed. Please exit.
Press any key to continue, or press b. Press the ESC key. C to load the configuration utility. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
Some configured disks have been Cause: removed from your system, or are A physical drive that has logical drive no longer accessible. configuration information is not recognized. Check your cables and also ensure Action 1: all disks are present. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter Press any key to continue or press key. C to load the configuration utility. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
The cache contains dirty data, but Cause: some VDs are missing.
5-62 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description The cached data cannot be written An invalid power-off or reboot was executed to the disk. during a write operation. If this is an unexpected error, then Action 1: power off your system and check a. Press the X key, and then press the Enter your cables to ensure all disks are key. present. The following message appears: Critical If you continue, the data in the Message handling completed. Please exit. cache is permanently discarded. b. Press the ESC key. Press X to acknowledge and permanently destroy the cached The selection window appears. data. c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message is displayed even though an incorrect power-off or reboot has not been executed during write operation, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. The controller's I/O processor has Cause: a fault that can potentially cause An error occurred in the processor of the disk data corruption. array controller. Your controller needs replacement. Action 1: Contact your system support. a. Press the Y key, and then press the Enter Press Y to acknowledge key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues.
The following VDs have missing Cause: disks: The logical drive is set to Offline because some If you proceed (or load the physical drives are not recognized. configuration utility), these VDs is Action 1: marked OFFLINE and are inaccessible. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. Check your cables and ensure all disks are present. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit. Press any key to continue or press C to load the configuration utility. b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-63 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description If this message is displayed even though the physical drive is properly mounted, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
The firmware version inconsistency Cause: was detected. An inconsistency in firmware versions was The adapter was recovered, but detected. cached data was lost. Action 1: Press any key to continue or press a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter C to load the configuration utility. key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
The following VDs are missing: Cause: If you proceed (or load the Some logical drives are not recognized. configuration utility), these VDs Action 1: are removed from your configuration. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. If you wish to use them at a later time, they have to be imported. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit. If you decide these VDs should be present, power off your system b. Press the ESC key. and check your cables to ensure The selection window appears. all disks are present. c. Press the Y key. Press any key to continue or press System startup continues. C to load the configuration utility. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
The following VDs are missing Cause: complete spans. Some logical drives are not recognized.
5-64 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description If you proceed (or load the Action 1: configuration utility), these VDs a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter are removed from your key. configuration and the remaining drives marked as foreign. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit. If you wish to use them at a later time, restore the missing spans b. Press the ESC key. and use foreign import to recover The selection window appears. the VDs. c. Press the Y key. If you believe these VDs should be System startup continues. present, please power off your system and check your cables to Action 2: ensure all disks are present. a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter Press any key to continue, or 'C' to key. load the configuration utility. b. The LSI MegaRAID
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
The native configuration is no Cause: longer supported by the current The settings for this disk array controller do not controller settings. support the original configuration information. Please ensure that correct Action 1: controller, iButton or key vault is being used. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. If you continue, the configuration is marked foreign and part of it The following message appears: Critical may be imported if possible. Message handling completed. Please exit. Press any key to continue. b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues.
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-65 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
The memory/battery problems Cause: were detected. An invalid power-off or reboot was executed The adapter was recovered, but during a write operation. cached data was lost. Action 1: Press any key to continue or press a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter C to load the configuration utility. key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
The most recent configuration Cause: command could not be committed The disk array configuration information was and must be retried. cleared or was not found. Press any key to continue, or press Action 1: C to load the configuration utility. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
5-66 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description
There are more enclosures Cause: connected to the port than what is Incorrect enclosures were detected. allowed for a single SAS port. Action: Remove the extra enclosures, and then restart your system. If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel. In addition, if this message appeared, the system startup cannot continue.
There are offline or missing virtual Cause: drives with preserved cache. Some logical drives are not recognized. Check the cables and ensure that Action 1: all drives are present. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter Press any key to enter the key. configuration utility. The LSI MegaRAID
There was a drive security key Cause: error. The hard disk security functionality is not All secure drives is marked as supported. foreign. Action 1: Press any key to continue, or C to a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter load the configuration utility. key. The following message appears: Critical Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2:
a. Press the C key, and then press the Enter key.
b. The LSI MegaRAID
The VDs: %s have Rollback active Cause: and corresponding Repository The disk array controller parameter is incorrect. missing. Action 1: If you continue to boot the system or enter the configuration utility, a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter these VDs becomes unusable. key. Press any key to continue. The LSI MegaRAID
SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility 5-67 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Message Description If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Upgrade Key Missing! An upgrade Cause: key was present on a previous The upgrade key is not supported. power cycle, but it is not connected. This can result in Action: inaccessible data unless it is If this message appeared, contact your reseller addressed. or call maintenance personnel. Reattach the upgrade key and If this message appeared, the system startup reboot. cannot continue.
Unable to change security to EKMS Cause: as not able to communicate to The hard disk security functionality is not EKMS. supported. If you continue, the drive security Action 1: remains to existing security mode. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter Please check connection with the key. EKMS, reboot the machine to retry the EKMS or press any key to The following message appears: Critical continue Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
Unable to communicate to EKMS. Cause: If you continue, there is a drive The hard disk security functionality is not security key error and all secure supported. configurations are marked as Action 1: foreign. a. Enter a character, and then press the Enter Please check connection with the key. EKMS, reboot the machine to retry the EKMS or press any key to The following message appears: Critical continue. Message handling completed. Please exit.
b. Press the ESC key. The selection window appears.
c. Press the Y key. System startup continues. Action 2: If this message appeared, contact your reseller or call maintenance personnel.
5-68 SAS 3004 iMR ROMB Configuration Utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays
This chapter describes logical drive configuration of internal drives using LSI Software RAID Configuraiton Utility.
□ Flowchart of the utility
□ Key operation for the utility
□ Starting the utility
□ Window configuration of the utility
□ Viewing and setting information about the utility
□ Ending the utility
□ Virtual drive configuration
□ Initializing virtual drives
□ Deleting virtual drives
□ Changing boot priority in virtual drives
□ Consistency check on virtual drives
□ Rebuilding virtual drives
□ Setting virtual drives
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide □ Status
6-2 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Flowchart of the utility
The following flowchart shows configuration of LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility.
Key operation for the utility
This section describes how to operate the SAS configuration utility with the keyboard.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 6-1 Key operation
Key Operation
[↑], [↓], [←], [→] Moves the cursor.
[Enter], [Space] Selects an item that the cursor is placed on. Determines an item setting. Changes values.
[+], [-] Changes a numeric value.
[Esc] Exit the current menu.
Note: You can use only the keyboard to operate this utility.
Starting the utility
This section describes how to start LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility.
1. Start the remote console, and then power on the server blade. Click Power > Power On in the tool bar of the remote console.
2. When
3. UEFI setup menu starts up and System Configuraion and Boot Management window appears.
6-4 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: When the OS has started before pressing the key, shut down the OS and restart the server blade. See the documents attached to your OS for shutting down because a specific procedure may be required for shutting down some OS, such as Windows.
4. Select System Settings from the UEFI menu, and press Enter.
5. When System Settings menu appears, select Storage and press Enter.
6. When Storage menu appears, select LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility and press Enter.
7. the utility starts up.
Window configuration of the utility
This section describes window configuration for LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility.
Configuration Options: configuraion options menu When the utility starts up, the following Configuration Options window appears. The following table shows description of items in the window.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 6-2 Configuration options menu items
Menu items Description Reference
Controller • Displays the disk array controller Controller Management: Management information. disk array controller • Sets the disk array controlller. management menu on page 6-6 • Deletes virtual drives.
Virtual Drive • Configures logical drives. Virtual Drive Management: Management • Sets virtual drives. virtual drive management menu on page 6-6 • Executes tasks of virtual drives. • Displays virtual drive information.
Drive • Display physical drive information. Drive Management: physical Management • Executes tasks of physical drives. drive management menu on page 6-7 • Displays hotspare configuration information.
Controller Management: disk array controller management menu On this window, you can show and configure hardware information about a disk array controller, and remove all virtual drives configured.
1. Select Controller Management from Configuration Options window, and press Enter.
2. Controller Management menu appears. The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 6-3 Controller management menu items
Menu items Description Reference
View Controller Displays the disk array View Controller Information: disk Information controller information. array controller information view on page 6-8
Change Controller Sets disk array controller Change Controller Properties: disk Properties properties. array controller settings on page 6-9
Clear Configuration Deletes all virtual drives To delete all virtual drives on page under the disk array 6-38 controller.
Virtual Drive Management: virtual drive management menu On this window, you can create virtual drives, show the information, and execute tasks.
1. Select Virtual Drive Management from Configuration Options window, and press Enter.
6-6 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. Virtual Drive Management menu appears. The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 6-4 Virtual drive management menu items
Menu items Description Reference
Create Configuration Creates virtual drives. Virtual drive configuration on page 6-16
Manage Virtual Displays virtual drive status Manage Virtual Drive Drive Properties and setting information. Properties: virtual drive information view on page 6-9
Select Virtual Drive Executes a task on the Consistency check on virtual Operations virtual drive. drives on page 6-42
View Drive Group Displays virtual drive - Properties properties information.
Note: • View Drive Group Properties is not supported. Do not use this item. • Manage Virtual Drive Properties and Select Virtual Drive Operation are available when a configured virtual drive exists
Drive Management: physical drive management menu On this window, you can show physical drive information and execute tasks.
1. Select Drive Management from Configuration Options window, and press Enter.
2. Drive Management menu appears. The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 6-5 Drive management menu items
Menu items Description Reference
View Drive Properties Displays physical drive status View Drive Properties: and setting information. physical drive information view on page 6-12
Select Drive Operations Executes a task on the physical Rebuilding virtual drives on drive. page 6-43
View Global Hot Spare Displays hotspare for the - Drives physical drive.
Note: View Global Hot Spare Drives cannot be selected.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Viewing and setting information about the utility
This section describes setting items and values and displayed items of LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility. • In the table for each menu, default values are enclosed in << >>. • In the table for each menu, recommended values are enclosed in [ ]. Examples: [<
Note: Unless otherwise specified, make sure to set each item to the recommended value. If you set it to any other value than the recommended, the system is out of support and may not work properly.
View Controller Information: disk array controller information view On this window, you can show hardware information about a disk array controller.
1. Select Controller Management from Configuration Options window, and press Enter.
2. Controller Management window appears. Select View Controller Information, and press Enter.
3. Controller Management > View Controller Information menu appears. The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 6-6 View Controller Information menu items
Menu items Description
Controller Marketing Name Controller name
Serial Number Serial number for the controller
PCI ID Device information about the controller
Host Interface Type of the controller host interface
Host Port Count Number of ports for the controller
PCI Slot Number PCI slot number on which the controller is installed
Drive Count Number of physical drives the controller recognizes
Virtual Drive Count Number of virtual drives the controller recognizes
Encryption Capable Setting information about the controller encription
Minimum Stripe Size Minimum stripe size when the virtual drive is accessed
Maximum Stripe Size Maximum stripe size when the virtual drive is accessed
6-8 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Change Controller Properties: disk array controller settings On this window, you can configure disk array controller hardware configuration.
1. Select Controller Management from Configuration Options window, and press Enter.
2. Controller Management window appears. Select Change Controller Properties, and press Enter.
3. Controller Management > View Change Controller Properties menu appears. The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 6-7 Change Controller Properties menu items
Menu items Description Reference
Apply Changes Applies the setting change. -
Set Boot Device Uses as a boot drive. Changing boot priority in Sets virtual drives. virtual drives on page 6-40
Rebuild Rate Rebuild priority 0 to 100/[<<30>>]
Background Initialization Background initialization 0 to 100/[<<30>>] (BGI) Rate priority
Consistency Check Rate Consistency check priority 0 to 100/[<<30>>]
Apply Changes Applies the setting change. -
Manage Virtual Drive Properties: virtual drive information view On this window, you can show the virtual drive information.
1. Select Virtual Drive Management from Configuration Options window, and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive Management window appears. Select Manage Virtual Drive Properties, and press Enter.
3. Virtual Drive Management > Manage Virtual Drive Properties menu appears. Select Select Virtual Drive, and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Virtual drive selection subwindow appears in the middle of the window. Select a virtual drive to obtain the information, and press Enter.
5. The virtual drive information is shown.
6-10 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Press ↓ key to show the following menu.
The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 6-8 Manage virtual drive properties menu items
Setting value/ Menu items Description view/reference
Apply Changes Applies the setting change. -
Select Virtual Drive Selects a virtual drive to change settings. -
Virtual Drive Name Displays and sets the virtual drive name. To configure virtual drive
Target ID ID number of the virtual drive -
RAID Level RAID level of the virtual drive RAID 0/RAID 1
Virtual Drive Status Virtual drive status Optimal/Degraded/ Offline
Virtual Drive Capacity Virtual drive capacity -
Segment Size Segment size of the virtual drive 64 KB
Disk Cache Cache settings for the virtual drive Disable
View Associated Drives Displays physical drive information - consisting of the virtual drive
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Setting value/ Menu items Description view/reference
Apply Changes Applies the setting change. -
Note: View Associated Drives is not supported. Do not use the item.
To configure virtual drive: Follow steps shown below to give any name to a virtual drive.
1. Select Virtual Drive Management > Manage Virtual Drive Properties > Virtual Drive Name and press Enter.
2. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the window. Type a virtual drive name with up to 15 characters and press Enter.
3. Select Virtual Drive Management > Manage Virtual Drive Properties > Apply Changes and press Enter.
4. Virtual Drive Management > Manage Virtual Drive Properties > Success message appears. Select OK and press Enter.
5. The window returns to Virtual Drive Management.
View Drive Properties: physical drive information view This section shows physical drive information.
1. Select Drive Managment from Configuration Options window and press Enter.
2. Drive Management window appears. Select View Drive Properties and press Enter.
3. View Drive Properties menu appears. Select Select Drive and press Enter.
6-12 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Physical drive selection subwindow appears in the middle of the window. Select a physical drive to obtain the information, and press Enter.
5. Physical drive information is displayed.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-13 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Press ↓ key to show the following menu.
The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 6-9 View drive properties menu items
Setting value/view/ Menu items Description reference
Select Drive Selects a virtual drive to change - settings.
Drive ID ID number of the physical drive Target ID: 0/Target ID: 1
State Physical drive status Online/Offline/Failed/ Unconfigured Good/ Rebuilding
Coerced Size Capacity of the physical drive -
Revision Revision of the physical drive -
Device Type Type of the physical drive Disk
Connected Port Slot number of the physical drive 0/1
6-14 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Setting value/view/ Menu items Description reference
Media Errors Number of media errors detected -
Predicted Fail Count Number of SMART reported -
Cache Setting Cache setting for the physical drive Disable
Available Size Size available for virtual drive - configuration
Used Space Space used for virutal drive - configuration
Disk Protocol Physical drive protocol SATA
Negotiated Drive Transfer speed of the physical drive 3.0 Gb/s Transfer Speed
Number of Connections Number of connected physical drives -
Associated Virtual Displays a virtual drive related to the - Drive physical drive
Ending the utility
This section describes how to endLSI Software RAID Configuration Utility.
1. Press ESC until one of the following messages appears.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-15 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. Type Y to end the UEFI setup menu. To return to the UEFI setup menu, press ESC.
Virtual drive configuration
This section describes how to configure virtual drives.
Note: Do not change a virtual drive in operation. If you do, all data will be lost from the virtual drive because changing virtual drives changes the virtual drive information.
Note: • Unless otherwise specified, make sure to set each item to the recommended value. If you set it to any other value than recommended, the system is out of support and may not work properly. • When installing an OS after configuring virtual drives, make sure to see OS Installation Guide for (OS name), a manual for the system unit, to install the OS. If not, values for virtual drives cannot be configured properly. • When restoring the OS with ServerConductor/Deployment Manager after configuring a virtual drive, add a virtual drive referring to Setting virtual drives on page 6-53. If not, LSI Software RAID may not work properly
To create RAID 1 This subsection describes how to create RAID 1.
1. On the Configuraion Options window, select Virtual Drive Management and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive Management window appears. Select Create Configuration and press Enter.
3. Virtual Drive Management > Create Configuraion menu appears. Select Select RAID Level and press Enter.
6-16 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Create Configuraion window. Select RAID1 and press Enter.
5. Select Select Drives and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-17 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Select Drives window appears. Select Drives Target ID: 0: SATA (a drive in slot 0) SATA, xxxx.xxxx GB, Unconfigured Good (a drive recognized as Unconfigured Good). Press the space key.
6-18 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: • Only Unconfigured Good physical drives can be selected. • To cancel a selected drive, select the drive and press the space key.
7. Select Drives Target ID: 1: SATA (a drive in slot 1) SATA, xxxx.xxxx GB, Unconfigured Good (a drive recognized as Unconfigured Good). Press the space key.
Tip: • Only Unconfigured Good physical drives can be selected. • To cancel a selected drive, select the drive and press the space key.
8. Select all drives required for virtual drive configuraion. Then select Apply Changes and press Enter.
9. Virtual Drive Management > Create Configuration > Select Drives > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
10. The window returns to Create Configuraion. Select Save Configuration and press Enter.
11. Virtual Drive Management > Create Configuration > Warning appears. Select Yes and press Enter.
Tip: When you select No, the configuration will not saved and the window returns to Create Configuration window.
12. Virtual Drive Management > Create Configuration > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-19 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 13. Configuration Options window appears. Then, initialize the virtual drives configured. See Initializing virtual drives on page 6-25.
Note: When newly creating virtual drives, make sure to initialize those virtual drives. If not, those virtual drives do not work properly.
RAID 0: To create single physical drive configuration This subsection describes how to create RAID 0 single physical drive configuration.
Note: Since RAID 0 single physical drive configuration has no redundancy, all data will be lost when the drive fails. It is recommended that you configure RAID 1 for having data redundancy and increasing failure resistance.
1. On Configuration Options window, select Virtual Drive Management and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive management window appears. Select Create Configuration and press Enter.
3. Create Configuration window appears. Select Select RAID Level and press Enter.
4. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Create Configuraion window. Select RAID0 and press Enter.
6-20 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. Select Select Drives and press Enter.
6. Select Drives window appears. Select Drives Target ID: 0: SATA (a drive in slot 0) SATA, xxxx.xxxx GB, Unconfigured Good (a drive recognized as Unconfigured Good). Press the space key. When you create a single physical drive configuration for use, jump to step 8.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-21 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: • Only Unconfigured Good physical drives can be selected. • To cancel a selected drive, select the drive and press the space key.
7. When creating RAID 0 with two drives, select Drives Target ID: 1: SATA (a drive in slot 1) SATA, xxxx.xxxx GB, Unconfigured Good (a drive recognized as Unconfigured Good). Press the space key. When creating a single drive configuraion, skip this step and jump to step 8.
6-22 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: • Only Unconfigured Good physical drives can be selected. • To cancel a selected drive, select the drive and press the space key.
8. Select drives required for RAID 0 or a singl drive configuration. Then, select Apply Changes and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-23 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9. Virtual Drive Management > Create Configuration > Select Drives > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
10. The window returns to Create Configuraion. Select Save Configuration and press Enter.
11. Virtual Drive Management > Create Configuration > Warning message appears. Select Yes and press Enter.
Tip: When you select No, the configuration will not saved and the window returns to Create Configuration window.
12. Virtual Drive Management > Create Configuration > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
13. Configuration Options window appears. When using a drive installed in port 1 for a single drive configuration, execute step 1 through step 12 again.
Tip: When using a drive installed in port 1 for a single drive configuration, select Drives Target ID: 1: SATA (a drive in slot 1) SATA, xxxx.xxxx GB, Unconfigured Good (a drive recognized as Unconfigured Good) in step 6 for drive selection.
14. Initialize virtual drives after configuring them. See Initializing virtual drives on page 6-25.
Note: When newly creating virtual drives, make sure to initialize those virtual drives. If not, those virtual drives do not work properly.
6-24 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Initializing virtual drives
This section describes how to initialize virtual drives. You can use two types of initialization are available, Fast Initialization and Full Initialization, depending on the operational condition. Select a procedure referring to For fast initialization on page 6-25 and For full initialization on page 6-25 for details.
Note: Initializing virtual drives will corrupt data on the drives, including virtual drive information, which is required for OS operation. Make sure to back up necessary data before initialization.
Note: • It takes log hours until Full Initialization is complete with LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility. Fast Initialization is recommendable except for on specific conditions. • Virtual drives in consistency check or rebuild cannot be initialized. When each processing is complete, initialize the virtual drive.
For fast initialization When virtual drives to initialize are on the following conditions, Fast Initialization is recommendable. • When reconfiguring and reinitializing virtual drives without the current RAID level: When reconfiguring and reinitializing RAID 1 virtual drives with the same RAID 1 • When reconfiguring and reinitializing virtual drives with RAID 0 or single physical drive configuration • When newly configuring and initializing virtual drives after adding SATA HDD
Note: When virtual drives to initialize are not on conditions above or you need to initialize all virtual drive area, execute Full initialization procedure on page 6-31.
For full initialization When virtual drives to initialize are on the following conditions, Full Initialization is recommendable. • When reconfiguring and reinitializing virtual drives after changing the RAID level from RAID 0 or a single physical drive configuraiton to RAID 1. • When initializing all area of virtual drives
Note: It takes hours for Full Initialization to complete. When conditions mentioned above are not met, Fast Initialization is recommendable. see Fast initialization procedure on page 6-26 for details.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-25 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Fast initialization procedure This subsection describes how to execute fast initialization.
1. On Configuration Options window, select Virtual Drive Management and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive management window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive Operations and press Enter.
3. Select Virtual Drive Operations window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive and press Enter.
4. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select a virtual drive to initialize and press Enter.
Tip: The figure above is a window when two drives are used as a single physical drive.
5. Select Virtual Drive Operation and press Enter.
6-26 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select Fast Initialization and press Enter.
7. Select Start Operation and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-27 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8. Virtual Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Warning message appears. Select Yes and press Enter.
Tip: When you select No, initialization will not be executed and the window returns to Select Virtual Drive Operations.
9. Virtual Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
10. Virtual Drive management window appears. Then, check the progress of Fast Initialization. Select Select Virtual Drive Operations and press Enter.
11. Select Virtual Drive Operations window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive and press Enter.
6-28 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 12. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select a virtual drive in initialization and press Enter.
Tip: The figure above is a window when two drives are used as a single physical drive.
13. When Virtual drive Operation indicates Busy on Select Virtual Drive Operation window, Fast Initialization is in operation. Repeat step 11 through step 12 until Virtual drive Operation indicates Select Operation.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-29 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Fast Initialization is completed in about 30 seconds.
14. When Virtual Drive Operation indicates Select Operation on Select Virtual Drive Operation window, Fast Initialization is complete.
6-30 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 15. When restoring the OS with ServerConductor/Deployment Manager after configuring and initializing a virtual drive, execute Setting virtual drives on page 6-53.
Full initialization procedure This subsection describes how to execute full initialization.
1. On Configuration Options window, select Virtual Drive Management and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive management window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive Operations and press Enter.
3. Select Virtual Drive Operations window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive and press Enter.
4. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select a virtual drive to initialize and press Enter.
Tip: The figure above is a window when two drives are used as a single physical drive.
5. Select Virtual Drive Operation and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-31 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select Slow Initialization and press Enter.
7. Select Start Operation and press Enter.
6-32 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8. Virtual Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Warning message appears. Select Yes and press Enter.
Tip: When you select No, initialization will not be executed and the window returns to Select Virtual Drive Operations.
9. Virtual Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
10. Virtual Drive management window appears. Then, check the progress of Full Initialization. Select Select Virtual Drive Operations and press Enter.
11. Select Virtual Drive Operations window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-33 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 12. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select a virtual drive in initialization and press Enter.
Tip: The figure above is a window when two drives are used as a single physical drive.
13. When Operation Progress indicates progress of Full Initialization on Select Virtual Drive Operation window. Repeat step 11 through step 12 until the item Operation Progress disappears.
6-34 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows an estimate time for Full Initialization.
Physical drive capacity Time required for Full Initialization
SATA HDD 500 GB 170 hours
SATA HDD 1TB 340 hours
Note: Since Full Initialization rewrites 0, zero, into physical drives one after another, contents of physical drives have been rewritten if you stop Full Initialization at some point. When you need to stop initialization, follow the steps shown in To stop initialization on page 6-35.
14. When restoring the OS with ServerConductor/Deployment Manager after configuring and initializing a virtual drive, execute Setting virtual drives on page 6-53.
To stop initialization This subsection describes how to stop initialization.
1. Execute step 1 and step 2 shown in Full initialization procedure on page 6-31 to show Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Then, select Select Virtual Drive and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-35 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select a virtual drive in initialization and press Enter.
3. Select Stop Operations and press Enter.
6-36 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Virtual Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
5. Initialization stops. Then, Select Virtual Drive Operations window appears.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-37 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Deleting virtual drives
This subsection describes how to delete virtual drives already configured. You can use two types for deleting virtual drives. See To delete all virtual drives on page 6-38 and To delete virtual drives respectively on page 6-38 for details.
Note: When a logical drive is deleted, the logical drive cannot work because the logical drive information is lost. Make sure to back up necessary data before deleting virtual drives.
Note: When initializing, executing, or rebuilding a logical drive, or executing consistency check on it, you cannot delete the logical drive. Complete each processing before deleting the logical drive.
To delete all virtual drives This subsection describes how to delete all vertual drives simultaneously.
1. On Configuration Options window, select Controller Management and press Enter.
2. Controller Management window appears. Select Clear Configuration and press Enter.
3. Controller Management > Warning message appears. Select Yes and press Enter.
Tip: When you select No, those virtual drives are not deleted and the window returns to Controller Management.
4. Controller Management > Success message appears . With OK selected, press Enter.
5. All virtual drives are deleted. Then, Controller Options window appears.
To delete virtual drives respectively This subsection describes how to delete a specific virtual drive.
1. On Configuration Options window, select Virtual Drive Management and press Enter.
2. Virtual Drive Management window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive Operations and press Enter.
3. Select Virtual Drive Operations window appears. Select Select Virtual Drive and press Enter.
6-38 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select a virtual drive to delete and press Enter.
Tip: The figure above is a window when two drives are used as a single physical drive.
5. Select Delete Virtual Drive and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-39 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Virtual Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Warning message appears . Select Yes, and press Enter.
Tip: When you select No, the virtual drive is not deleted and the window returns to Select Virtual Drive Operations.
7. Virtual Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Success message appears . With OK selected, press Enter.
8. Thevirtual drive is deleted. Then, Configuration Options window appears. To delete another virtual drive, repeat step 1 through step 7 again.
Changing boot priority in virtual drives
This subsection describes how to change boot priority in virtual drives. Top priority is usually assigned to the first configured virtual drive. But you can assign top priority to a virtual drive configured later.
Tip: With the procedure described in this section, you can change boot prioriy of disk arrays with single physical drive configuration.
1. On Configuration Options window, select Controller Management and press Enter.
2. Controller Management window appears. Select Change Controller Properties and press Enter.
3. Change Controller Properties window appears. Select Set Boot Device and press Enter.
6-40 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Change Controller Priorities window. Select a virtual drive to set a boot drive and press Enter.
5. Select Apply Changes and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-41 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Controller Management > Change Controller Properties > Success message appears .. With OK selected, press Enter.
7. Boot priority for the virtual dirve is displayed. Then, Controller Management window appears.
Consistency check on virtual drives
You need to execute consistency check using RAID utility, Hitachi RAID Navigator or MegaRAID Storage Manager running on an OS. See MegaRAID Storage Manager Version xxx Instruction Manual in flash memory embedded in the chassis or contained in Driver & Utility CD for consistency check with RAID utility. See OS Installation Guide for (OS name) in the flash memory embedded in the server chassis for where they are.
Note: • Consistency check can be executed with RAID 1 that has redundancy. • When virtual drives are Degraded, consistency check cannot be executed. You need to execute consistency check after recovery. • When a virtual drive is in initialization, consistency check is not available. Complete initialization before executing consistency chek on the virtual drive.
6-42 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Rebuilding virtual drives
This subsection describes how to rebuild RAID 1 where a physical drive fails. Changing and rebuilding physical drives are executed by maintenance personnel. If you need to rebuild RAID configuration for some reason, follow the procedure described below.
Note: Adding and changing internal options in the system unit are executed by maintenance personnel. Do not remove the unit cover and not attach or detach internal options by yourself. Work performed by unqualified persons can lead to injuries or system failure because electronic devices are densely implemented on the system unit.
Note: Make sure to back up data before rebuilding virtual drives. If not, any error in executing the procedure may corrupt data.
Note: • Rebuild can be executed only with RAID 1 with redundancy. • The procedure described in this section is premised on that the faulty physical drive has been replaced with a new one.
1. Start the utility referring to Starting the utility on page 6-4.
2. Find a physical drive with Fault LED lighting orange and remove it.
No. LED name Status Description
1 Active LED Blinks green Blinks when the drive is accessed. Blinks on the source of Rebuild in rebuilding.
2 Fault LED Lights orange An error occurred in the drive.
3. Wait one minute or longer after removing the physical drive. Then, attach a new one.
Note: Make sure to wait one minute or longer before attaching a new physical drive. If not, the newly attached physical drive may not be properly recognized.
4. On Configuration Options window, select Drive Management and press Enter.
5. Drive Management window appears. Select Select Drive Operations and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-43 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Select Drive Operations window appears. Select Select Drive and press Enter.
7. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Virtual Drive Operations window. Select Drives Target ID: x: SATA, xxxx.xxxGB, Failed, a drive with under-scored part recognized as Failed, and press Enter.
8. Check that Rebuild is shown for Drive Operation.
6-44 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9. Select Start Operation and press Enter.
10. Drive Management > Select Drive Operations > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-45 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 11. Rebuild starts up. Drive Management window appears after Rebuild is complete.
12. Check the progress of Rebuild. Finish LSI Software RAID Configuraion Utility referring to Ending the utility on page 6-15. Then, restart the OS and check the progress of Rebuild with the RAID utility.
Note: • See MegaRAID Storage Manager Version xxx Instruction Manual in flash memory embedded in the chassis and contained in Driver & Utility CD respectively for how to find the progress of Rebuild with RAID utility. See OS Installation Guide for (OS name) in the flash memory embedded in the server chassis for where they are. • It takes hours for Rebuild to be completed with LSI Software RAID Configuraion Utility. It is recommended that you continue Rebuild on the OS after ending LSI Software RAID Configuraion Utility. • See To check on the progress of Rebuild: on page 6-46 for the progress of Rebuild with LSI Software RAID Configuraion Utility. • See To stop Rebuild: on page 6-48 for stopping Rebuild with LSI Software RAID Configuraion Utility. • See To re-execute Rebuild: on page 6-51 for re-executing Rebuild with LSI Software RAID Configuraion Utility.
To check on the progress of Rebuild: When checking on the progress of Rebuild with LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility, follow the steps shown below.
1. Execute step 1, step 4, and step 5 shown in Rebuilding virtual drives on page 6-43 to show Select Drive Operations window. Then, select Select Drive and press Enter.
6-46 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Drive Operations window. Select Drives Target ID: x: SATA, xxxx.xxxGB, Rebuilding, a physical drive in Rebuild and press Enter.
3. The progress of Rebuild is shown in Operation Progress on Select Drive Operation window. Repeat step 1 and step 2 as necessary and wait until the item Operation Progress disappears.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-47 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows an estimate time for Rebuild.
Physical drive capacity Time required for Rebuild
SATA HDD 500GB 170 hours
SATA HDD 1TB 340 hours
To stop Rebuild: When stopping Rebuild with LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility, follow the steps shown below.
1. Execute step 1, step 4, and step 5 shown in Rebuilding virtual drives on page 6-43 to show Select Drive Operations window. Then, select Select Drive and press Enter.
6-48 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Drive Operations window. Select Drives Target ID: x: SATA, xxxx.xxxGB, Rebuilding, a physical drive recognized as Rebuilding and press Enter.
3. Select Stop Operations and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-49 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Success message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
5. Rebuild stops. Then, Drive Management > Select Drive Operation menu appears.
6-50 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide To re-execute Rebuild: When re-executing Rebuild with LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility after stopping it, follow the steps shown below.
1. Execute step 1, step 4, and step 5 shown in Rebuilding virtual drives on page 6- 43 to show Select Drive Operations window. Then, select Select Drive and press Enter.
2. The following subwindow appears in the middle of the Select Drive Operations window. Select Drives Target ID: x: SATA, xxxx.xxxGB, Offline, a physical drive recognized as Offline and press Enter.
3. Select Drive Operation and press Enter.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-51 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The following physical drive task window appears in the middle of Select Drive Operations window. Select Rebuild and press Enter.
5. Select Start Operations and press Enter.
6-52 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Drive Management > Select Virtual Drive Operations > Succes message appears. With OK selected, press Enter.
7. Rebuild is re-executed. Then, Drive Management window appears.
Setting virtual drives
This section describes how to add virtual drives after configuring and initializing virtual drives. If with the following condition, make sure to add virtulal drives. Condition: When restore the OS using backup data or ServerConductor/ Deployment Manager after configuring a virtula drive.
Note: If with the condition above, the virtual drive may not work properly without the following procedure. Thus, make sure to execute the following procedure if with the condition.
Virtual drive setting with Windows OS This subsection describes how to set virtual drives on Windows OS.
1. Restore the OS using the backup data, start the OS, and log on as Administrator.
2. Insert Driver Kit for Windows Server 2012 DVD into the CD/DVD drive, and check Mapped on the following Virtual Media Settiong window.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-53 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Execute, using such as double-click, swrset.bat in the following folder contained in Driver Kit for Windows Server 2012 DVD. d:\WinSrv2008\Utility\SWRSET Where d is the CD/DVD drive. Vitual drive setting with LSI Software RAID is complete.
Virtual drive setting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 This subsection describes how to set virtual drives on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6.
1. Restore the OS using the backup data, start the OS, and log on as root.
2. Insert Driver & Utility CD into the CD/DVD drive, and check Mapped on the following Virtual Media Settion window.
3. Mount Driver & Utility CD on any directory. In the following steps, Driver & Utility CD is mounted on /media/cdrom
4. Execute the following command to start utility installation script in Driver & Utility CD.
5. The following Select Utilities To Install menu appears. Check LSI S/W RAID setting - 01 (Set the RAID setting).
6-54 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: To uncheck, type the number of an unnecessary utility and press Enter.
6. Type run and press Enter to execute the installation script.
7. The following message appears after the setting is complete. Type No and press Enter because no reboot is required.
8. Since vitual drive setting with LSI Software RAID is complete, umount Driver & Utility CD and remove the CD.
Virtual drive setting with Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 This subsection describes how to set virtual drives on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.
1. Restore the OS using the backup data, start the OS, and log on as root.
2. Insert Driver & Utility CD into the CD/DVD drive, and check Mapped on the following Virtual Media Settion window.
LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays 6-55 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Mount Driver & Utility CD on any directory. In the following steps, Driver & Utility CD is mounted on /media/cdrom
4. Execute the following command to perform the LSI Software RAID setting script.
5. The following message appears and RAID setting with LSI Software RAID is executed. Wait for command prompt.
6. Since vitual drive setting with LSI Software RAID is complete, umount Driver & Utility CD and remove the CD.
Status
This section virtual drives and hard physical drives.
Virtual drive status The following table shows virtual drive status.
State Description
Optimal Normal: The virtual drive fully works.
Degraded A physical drive fails in virtual drives of RAID 1.
Offline Virtual drives cannot work because multiple physical drives fails in virtual drives with redundancy or a physical drive fails in virtual drive without redundancy.
Physical drive status The following table shows physical drive status.
State Description
Online Normal
Offline / Failed Some failure has occurred. Disconnected from the virtual drive due to failure.
Rebuilding In rebuilding
Unconfigured Good Not configured into a virtual drive.
6-56 LSI Software RAID Configuration Utility for disk arrays Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7
SAS configuration utility
This chapter describes disk array configuration of disks in server blade with SAS configuration utility. "LSI Corp Config Utility" is described as "SAS Configuration Utility" in this manual.
□ Configuration of SAS configuration utility
□ Key operation for SAS configuration utility
□ Starting SAS configuration utility
□ Window configuration of SAS configuration utility
□ Main menu
□ Exiting SAS configuration utility
SAS configuration utility 7-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Configuration of SAS configuration utility
This section describes the SAS configuration utility configuration. See the following chart.
Figure 7-1 SAS configuration utility configuration
Key operation for SAS configuration utility
This section describes how to operate the SAS configuration utility with the keyboard.
Table 7-1 Key operation
Key Operation
[↑], [↓], [←], [→] Moves the cursor.
[Enter], [Space] Selects an item that the cursor is placed on. Determines an item setting. Changes values.
[Esc] Exit the current menu.
Note: You can use only the keyboard to operate this utility.
Starting SAS configuration utility
1. Start the remote console, and then power on the server blade. Click Power > Power On in the tool bar of the remote console.
7-2 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. When the following window is displayed, press Ctrl + C keys.
When the OS has started before pressing the key, shut down the OS and restart the server blade. See the documents attached to your OS for shutting down.
3. The SAS configuration utility is started and the Adapter List window is displayed. Select LSI2004, and then press Enter.
SAS configuration utility 7-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. The main menu of Adapter Properties window is displayed.
Window configuration of SAS configuration utility
The window configuration of SAS configuration utility is shown below.
7-4 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The numbers with lead line in the figure above correspond to the following bullets.
1. Top Displays the utility name, revision, and current window name.
2. Middle Main pane: Displays settable items and values in yellow color.
3. Bottom Displays operation keys and functions.
Note: Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
Main menu
When the SAS configuration utility is started, and then selects the disk array controller to display the following main menu: Adapter Properties window is displayed.
SAS configuration utility 7-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The numbers with lead line in the figure above correspond to the following bullets.
1. Basic information Checks and sets the hardware basic information of the disk array controller. For the details, see Basic information on page 7-6.
2. RAID Properties Creates a disk array. For the details, see Creating disk arrays on page 7-15.
3. SAS Topology Views, formats, and verifies information of the disk array topology. For the details, see Checking topology information of disk array on page 7-9.
4. Advanced Adapter properties Views the hardware information of the disk array controller.
Note: • Do not change the setting of "Format" and "Verify" in Advanced Adapter properties, because these settings are not supported • Do not change the setting of Advanced Adapter properties, because this setting is not supported. • Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
Basic information
Checking and configuring disk array hardware basic information This section describes how to check and set the hardware basic information about the disk array controller.
7-6 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 7-2 Basic information items
Menu items Description Setting/display value
Adapter Displays the disk array controller name. Unchangeable
PCI Slot Displays a PCI slot number of the disk Unchangeable array controller.
PCI Address (Bus/ Displays a PCI address of the disk array Unchangeable Dev) controller. Bus: bus number; Dev: device number
MPT Firmware Displays a firmware revision of the disk Unchangeable Revision array controller.
Package Revision Displays a package revision of the disk Unchangeable array controller.
SAS Address Displays a SAS address of the disk array Unchangeable controller.
NVDATA Revision Displays an NVDATA revision of the disk Unchangeable array controller.
Status Displays status of the disk array Unchangeable controller.
Boot order Displays the boot order. Unchangeable
Boot Support Sets where to boot: from the <
Note:
1. When booting OS through LSI SAS 2004: Enabled BIOS & OS When booting OS through LSI SAS 2208: Disabled
SAS configuration utility 7-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
When booting OS through LSI SAS 2004 in the server blade, select "Enabled BIOS & OS" on Boot Support of LSI SAS 2004. Confirm that Controller BIOS of LSI SAS 2208 is selected to "Disabled". Perform following procedure for setting Boot Support.
1. Select Boot Support.
2. Select Enabled OS only on Boot Support, and press ESC key to exit the menu.
7-8 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Select Save changes then exit this menu, and press Enter key.
4. Press ESC key.
SAS topology
Checking topology information of disk array This section describes the procedure for checking disk array topology.
1. Select SAS Topology in the main menu window, and press Enter.
SAS configuration utility 7-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. The following SAS Topology window will be displayed. Select Direct Attach Devices, and press Enter.
3. To display information about other items, press the rightward arrow key: [→] to scroll rightward. The following windows will be displayed.
7-10 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide SAS configuration utility 7-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 7-3 SAS topology
Setting/display Menu items Description value
LSI2004 (06:00) Disk array controller name with the Unchangeable bus number and device number from the left in parentheses
Controller Item name Unchangeable
Controller Item name: disk array controller Unchangeable Phy 0/Phy 1 Physical 0/Physical 1
Device Identifier Identifier for the device Unchangeable
Device Info Device information Unchangeable
Negotiated Link Speed Negotiated Link Speed Unchangeable (Gbps)
Maximum Link Speed Maximum Link Speed Unchangeable (Gbps)
Note: Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
4. Select the area enclosed by the box in red, and press Enter.
7-12 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. The following Device Properties of Phy 0 window will be displayed.
Note: • Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise. • Do not select Format and Verify because they are not supported.
6. Press Esc key once.
7. The following window is displayed. Select the area enclosed by the box in red, and press Enter.
SAS configuration utility 7-13 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8. The following Device Properties of Phy 1 window will be displayed.
Note: • Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise. • Do not select Format and Verify because they are not supported.
9. Press ESC key at three times, the main menu window will be displayed.
7-14 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide RAID properties
Creating disk arrays This section describes the procedure for creating disk arrays. You can create all disk arrays in the RAID Properties window.
Note: • Do not change the disk array during the system operation. If you change the disk array, all data will be lost from those disks due to change in the disk array information. • When you consider the RAID configuration, we strongly recommend using the following RAID boards which have MegaRAID function. – CA3RCD2X1 – CA3RCD3X1 – CA3RCD4X1
Selecting a RAID volume type
1. Select RAID Properties in the main menu, and press Enter.
SAS configuration utility 7-15 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. Select New Volume Type window is displayed.
The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 7-4 RAID volume type
Menu items Description Reference
Create RAID 1 Volume Creates RAID 1. Creating RAID 1 on page 7-17
Create RAID 0 Volume Creates RAID 0. Creating RAID 0 on page 7-23
The number of required disks depends on the RAID type to be set. The following table shows details.
7-16 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 7-5 Numbers of required disks
RAID volume Number of required disks
RAID 1 2
RAID 0 2
Create RAID volume
Creating RAID 1 This section describes the procedure for creating a RAID1 disk array.
1. Select Create RAID 1 Volume on the Select New Volume Type window, and press Enter.
2. Create New Volume window is displayed.
SAS configuration utility 7-17 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The following table shows description of items in the window.
Table 7-6 Creating RAID volume
Setting/display Menu items Description value
Volume Type Displays the RAID volume type. Unchangeable
Volume Size Displays the total capacity of the disk array Unchangeable (GB)
Slot Num Displays the slot number on which the Unchangeable physical disk is installed.
Device Identifier Displays the disk identifier information: Unchangeable A vender name, model name, and firmware revision.
RAID Disk Determines whether or not to include the Yes/No target disk in the RAID configuration.
Drive Status Displays a state of the disk. Unchangeable
Pred Fail Displays Yes/No for the disk to show whether Unchangeable it is operating beyond the threshold of PFA (S.M.A.R.T).
Size (GB) Displays the disk capacity. Unchangeable
Note: Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
3. Select No, the intersection value of the Slot Num 0 line and the RAID Disk column, and press space key to change No to Yes.
7-18 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The RAID Disk value is changed No to Yes.
4. Select No, the intersection value of the Slot Num 1 line and the RAID Disk column, and press space key to change No to Yes.
SAS configuration utility 7-19 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The RAID Disk value is changed No to Yes.
5. Press C key.
6. Select Save changes then exit this menu and press Enter key.
7-20 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7. The RAID 1 disk array is created and the window returns to the main menu. Select RAID Properties and press Enter key.
8. View Volume window is displayed. Confirm the value in the Task line, enclosed by a box in red, that initialization has started.
SAS configuration utility 7-21 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Initialization automatically starts when RAID 1 has been created.
9. Wait until the value of Task reaches to None. The following table shows the estimated time for initialization.
Table 7-7 Estimated time for initialization
Disk/RAID volume Estimated time for initialization
147 GB (SAS type) x 2/RAID 1 about 100 minutes
10. When the initialization is complete, press Esc to return to the main menu.
7-22 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Creating RAID 0 This section describes the procedure for creating a RAID 0 disk array.
1. Select Create RAID 0 Volume on the Select New Volume Type window, and press Enter key.
2. Create New Volume window is displayed.
Note: Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
Tip: For details of the above window, see Creating RAID 1 on page 7-17.
Select No, the intersection of the Slot Num 0 line and the RAID Disk column, and press space key to change No to Yes.
SAS configuration utility 7-23 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The RAID Disk value is changed No to Yes.
3. Select No, the intersection of the Slot Num 1 line and the RAID Disk column, and press space key to change No to Yes.
7-24 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide The RAID Disk value is changed No to Yes.
4. Press C key.
5. Select Save changes then exit this menu and press Enter key.
SAS configuration utility 7-25 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. The RAID 0 disk array is created and the window returns to the main menu.
Consistency check
Checking disk arrays for consistency This section describes how to check the consistency of disk arrays.
Tip: Consistency check on disk arrays can be executed only for RAID 1.
1. Select RAID Properties, and then press Enter.
7-26 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. View Volume window is displayed. Select Manage Volume, and press Enter.
Note: Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
3. Manage Volume window is displayed. Select Consistency Check, and press Enter.
SAS configuration utility 7-27 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Press the Y key.
5. Return to the Manage Volume window. Confirm the value in the Task line enclosed by a box in red, that consistency check has started.
7-28 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Wait until the value of Task reaches to None. The following table shows the estimated time for consistency check.
Table 7-8 Estimated time for consistency check
Disk/RAID level Estimated time for consistency check
147 GB (SAS type) x 2/RAID1 about 85 minutes
7. When the consistency check is complete, press Esc three times to return to the main menu.
SAS configuration utility 7-29 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Delete Volume
Deleting disk arrays This section describes the procedure for deleting disk arrays.
Note: You need to back up necessary data before deleting a disk array. When you delete a disk array, all data is lost from those disks.
1. Select RAID Properties in the main menu, and press Enter.
2. Select Delete Volume, and press Enter.
Note: Do not use other key functions unless instructed otherwise.
3. Press the Y key.
7-30 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Return to the main menu window.
Exiting SAS configuration utility
1. In the main menu, press Esc key.
SAS configuration utility 7-31 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 2. On the Adapter List window, press Esc key.
3. Select Exit the Configuration Utility and Reboot, and press Enter.
7-32 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Press ESC key to return to the main menu.
4. The utility ends, and the server blade is rebooted.
SAS configuration utility 7-33 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 7-34 SAS configuration utility Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8
BIOS settings for PXE boot
This chapter describes BIOS settings for PXE boot.
□ Requirements for PXE boot
□ PXE boot settings
BIOS settings for PXE boot 8-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Requirements for PXE boot
PXE boot is the function that loads the image of OS or installer through network. The following requirements should be satisfied to perform PXE boot. • Onboard LAN (Emulex):
¢ PXE boot is enabled in Emulex PXE BIOS • Emulex 10 Gb 4-port LAN mezzanine card, Emulex 10 Gb 4-port converged network mezzanine card:
¢ PXE boot is enabled in Emulex PXE BIOS
¢ The mezzanine card is installed in the mezzanine card slot 1 • Broadcom 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card, • Broadcom 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine card:
¢ The mezzanine card is installed in the mezzanine card slot 1
Note: When you use Broadcom 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card or Broadcom 1 Gb 4-port/8-port LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine card, only Port0 and Port1 are available for PXE boot. If you use LSI Software RAID with CB 520A A1 model, however, only Port0 is available for PXE boot.
PXE boot settings
This section describes PXE boot settings using Onboard LAN, Emulex 10Gb 4- port LAN mezzanine card, and Emulex 10Gb 4-port converged network mezzanine card.
Note: PXE boot for Broadcom 1Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card and Broadcom 1Gb 4-port/8-port LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine card. When Broadcom 1Gb 4-port/8-port LAN mezzanine card and Broadcom 1Gb 4-port/8-port LSI SAS 2008 RAID mezzanine card are installed, the default value of PXE boot is enabled. Do not change the setting. The following is shown to start PXE Boot Agent during server blade startup. Do not press Ctrl + S keys to enter PXE Boot Agent. [Broadcom PXE Boot Agent startup]
If you press Ctrl + S keys to enter PXE Boot Agent and the following menu appears, press Esc without changing any setting to close the menu. [PXE Boot Agent menu]
8-2 BIOS settings for PXE boot Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Emulex PXE BIOS settings Follow the procedure to enable the PXE boot settings.
1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on a server blade.
2. When the following text is shown on the window, press Ctrl + P to go to Emulex PXE BIOS menu.
3. Press Tab at three times to select Save, and select Continue, and then press Enter.
4. Select Controller #* - Port #*: Bus ** Dev 00 (this port is executed PXE boot), and press Enter.
BIOS settings for PXE boot 8-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. Select Enabled of PXE Boot Support, and press Enter. Press Enter several times to select Configure PXE VLAN ID/Priority. nfigure PXE VLAN ID/Priority is selected, and select Save, and then press Enter.
6. Press ESC several times until the following text is displayed. Then press Y to exit the PXE BIOS menu.
Boot Order settings using UEFI menu Set the Boot Order using UEFI menu to perform PXE boot. There are the following two types of Boot Order settings. Set the Boot Order according to your usage. • Primary Boot Order: Power on a server blade using a power button or remote console menu, or restart it by reboot. • Secondary Boot Order: Power on a server blade through Wake On LAN (WOL).
Tip: If the OS image cannot be found through the boot device or PXE server, the server blade may reboot again and again. Confirm the connection of boot device or PXE server in this case. Follow the procedure to set the Boot Order.
1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on a server blade.
2. The following is displayed on the window, and press F1.
8-4 BIOS settings for PXE boot Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Select Boot Manager, and then press Enter.
4. Select Add Boot Option or Add WOL Boot Option on Boot Manager window, and then press Enter.
5. Select Generic Boot Option on Add Boot Option window, and then press Enter.
6. Select PXE Network on Generic Boot Option window, and then press Enter. PXE Network is deleted from the list.
Note: It may take one or two minutes to delete PXE Network from the list. Do not perform another operation until deleting PXE Network from the list.
7. Press ESC to go back the Boot Manager window.
8. Select Change Boot Order or Change WOL Boot Order on Boot Manager window, and then press Enter.
9. Select Change the Order on Change Boot Order window, and then press Enter.
10. Select PXE Network, and select a item that is one line below Legacy Only, and then press Enter.
Note: Do not change Legacy Only. Legacy Only does not indicated "Bootable Device", Legacy Only indicate that all devices following to the line are booted up with legacy mode. Legacy Mode is prerequisite for booting up on CB 500 server blade.
BIOS settings for PXE boot 8-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 11. Select Commit Changes, and then press Enter.
12. Press ESC to go back the System Configuration and Boot Management window.
13. Select Save Settings, and then press Enter.
Note: It may take one or two minutes to save Save Settings. The screen may become dark while saving Save Settings. Do not perform another operation until saving Save Settings.
14. Select Exit Setup after Save Settings is completed, and then press Enter.
15. The following text is displayed on the window, and press Y to exit the EFI menu.
8-6 BIOS settings for PXE boot Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 9
iSCSI settings
This chapter describes iSCSI settings.
□ iSCSI settings flow chart
□ Personality settings
□ iSCSI Initiator settings
□ iSCSI Target settings
□ Disconnecting iSCSI Target
iSCSI settings 9-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide iSCSI settings flow chart
Figure 9-1 UEFI setup menu
Tip: See Disconnecting iSCSI Target on page 9-14, for details when disconnecting iSCSI Target.
Personality settings
Starts LOM(ServerEngines BladeEngine3) and PXESelect Utility in Emulex PXE BIOS on 10Gb 4-port converged network mezzanine card and set Personality to iSCSI.
Starting PXESelect Utility Follow the procedure to start PXESelect Utility.
9-2 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on a server blade.
2. When Press for PXESelect(TM) Utility is displayed in the bottom of the window, press Ctrl + P. 3. PXESelect Utility starts. Personality setting Follow the procedure to set Personality to iSCSI. 1. Select controller name using ↑ and ↓ on PXESelect Utility window, then press Enter in the PXESelect Utility window. iSCSI settings 9-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: The location of a controller (Bus/Dev) is variable with the I/O devices on a server blade. Confirm the I/O devices on a server blade to select a controller. 2. Move cursor to Personality by Tab. After that, select iSCSI by ↑ and ↓, then press Enter. 3. Move cursor to Save and press Enter. 4. When the following message is shown, press Y key. – Firmware version: 4.1.334.28 or 4.1.334.2801 The system must reset immediately if changing Personality, continue? Press Y key, and the system automatically restarts. – Firmware version: 4.2.433.604 If changing Personality, no further configuration can be done on this Controller until a system reset, continue? Press Y key to return to the window in Step 3. Terminate the utility manually. Tip: • A firmware version is shown on the top of the utility window as the following format. Emulex PXESelect Utility vXXXXXXXX (XXXXXXXX: firmware version) • When terminating the utility manually, press Esc several times to show the following message and press Y key. Do you want to exit from the utility [Y/N]? 9-4 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide – When the setting is changed, the server blade will be restarted. – When the setting is not changed, the server blade remains running. iSCSI Initiator settings Use LOM(ServerEngines BladeEngine3) and iSCSISelect Utility in Emulex 10Gb iSCSI initiator BIOS on 10Gb 4-port converged network mezzanine card for settings. Set Initiator by iSCSISelect Utility. Starting iSCSISelect Utility 1. Start the remote console, and then click Power > Power On to power on a server blade. 2. When Press 3. iSCSISelect Utility starts. iSCSI settings 9-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide iSCSI Initiator name setting The name of iSCSI initiator must be unique identifier among other initiators on network. Follow the procedure to set iSCSI Initiator name. 1. Select iSCSI Initiator Name by Tab in the iSCSI Initiator Configuration setting menu and press Enter. After that, enter the iSCSI Initiator name. Tip: Factory default of iSCSI Initiator name is set to "iqn. 1990-07.com.emulex:xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx". "xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx" shows MAC address. 2. Select Save by Tab and press Enter to save modification. Tip: Single name of iSCSI initiator must be specified and shared among several NICs on a server blade. Installed several NICs on a server blade, which the name of iSCSI initiator is already set to, may cause name mismatch and display an error message. In this case, resetting the name of iSCSI initiator using iSCSISelect Utility will avoid this mismatch. 9-6 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide iSCSI Controller setting Select the controller and modify the settings. 1. Select Controller Configuration by Tab in the iSCSI Initiator Configuration setting menu and press Enter. 2. When the Controller Selection Menu setting menu is displayed, select controller name to be modified and press Enter. Tip: • All the name of available controllers are displayed on setting menu. • The location of the controller (Bus/Dev) is variable with the I/O devices on the server blade. Confirm the I/O devices on the server blade to select the controller. 3. The Controller Configuration setting menu is displayed. iSCSI Initiator and Target are set by selecting options from this menu. When the Controller Configuration setting menu is displayed, select Controller Properties and press Enter. 4. When the Controller Properties setting menu is displayed, confirm that Boot Support is Enabled. After that, select Save by Tab and press Enter. iSCSI settings 9-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: • When Boot Support is Disabled, change to Enabled and press Save. • Discover Boot Target via DHCP is not available. 5. Go back to the Controller Configuration setting menu by ESC. Network address setting 1. When the Controller Configuration setting menu is displayed, select Network Configuration and press Enter. 2. When the Network Configuration setting menu is displayed, confirm that Link Status is displayed Link Up. Select Configure Static IP Address by Tab and press Enter. Note: • VLAN ID/Priority function is not available. • DHCP function is not available. Tip: If Link Status is displayed Link Down, the CNA port does not have links to the internal 10Gb LAN switch. Check the network configuration or the setting of internal 10Gb LAN switch is correct or not. 3. Enter "IP Address" and "Subnet Mask". Note: Do not set "Default Gateway". Then, select Save and press Enter. 9-8 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. When following text is displayed, press Y. 5. Press ESC to go back to the Controller Configuration setting menu. iSCSI Target settings Boot device setting 1. Select iSCSI Target Configuration in the Controller Configuration setting menu and press Enter. 2. When the iSCSI Target Configuration setting menu is displayed, select Add New iSCSI Target and press Enter. 3. When the Add/Ping iSCSI Target setting menu is displayed, enter iSCSI Target IP Address of iSCSI Target device to be connected. After that, select Save/Login and press Enter. iSCSI settings 9-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. When following is displayed, press Y. Tip: Error message Login to portal xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:xxx failed. is displayed when iSCSI Target IP Address does not exsist or when target device is not connected correctly. Resetting of iSCSI Target device is required. 5. Press F3 at following setting menu and change Add Target to Yes. 6. Confirm that Add Target is Yes. After that, select Add Selected iSCSI Targets and press Enter. 7. Confirm that Connection Status is Connected. After that, select connected iSCSI Target and press Enter. 9-10 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: When adding iSCSI Target, select Add New iSCSI Target and follow the procedure no.2 and after. 8. Change Boot Target to Yes. After that, select Save/Login and press Enter. 9. Confirm that Boot Target is Yes. 10. Following setting menu is displayed by pressing Esc several times. Select Save and press Enter. 11. Press Esc and following is displayed. Press Y to reboot a server blade. iSCSI settings 9-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 12. You can confirm the LU at following window when iSCSI Boot device is correctly set to iSCSI Target. Data device setting 1. Select iSCSI Target Configuration in the Controller Configuration setting menu and press Enter. 2. When the iSCSI Target Configuration setting menu is displayed, select Add New iSCSI Target and press Enter. 3. When the Add/Ping iSCSI Target setting menu is displayed, enter iSCSI Target IP Address of iSCSI Target device to be connected. After that, select Save/Login and press Enter. 9-12 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. When following is displayed, press Y. Tip: Error message Login to portal xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:xxx failed. is displayed when iSCSI Target IP Address does not exsist or when target device is not connected correctly. Resetting of iSCSI Target device is required. 5. Press F3 at following setting menu and change Add Target to Yes. 6. Confirm that Add Target is Yes. After that, select Add Selected iSCSI Targets and press Enter. 7. Confirm that Connection Status is Connected. After that, select connected iSCSI Target and press Enter. iSCSI settings 9-13 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: When adding iSCSI Target, select Add New iSCSI Target and follow the step 2 and after. 8. Confirm that iSCSI Target Name and iSCSI Target IP Address is displayed in the following setting menu. After that, press Enter. 9. Following setting menu is displayed by pressing Esc several times. After that, select Save and press Enter. 10. Press Esc and following is displayed. Press Y to reboot a server blade. Disconnecting iSCSI Target Disconnecting boot device Note: Connection or disconnection of iSCSI Target device can be also set by One CommandManager.(See OneCommandManager Guide for details.) 9-14 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide In the case that Target is set to Connect by OneCommandManager, iSCSI Target is restored when OS rebooted even if disconnected by iSCSISelect Utility. Disconnection by OneCommandManager is required after disconnection by Utility. See the description of "Disconnecting an iSCSI Device" in OneCommandManager Guide for details. 1. Change Boot Target to No at the setting menu in step 8 of Boot device setting on page 9-9. After that, select Save/Login and press Enter. Tip: iSCSI Target is not disconnected when Boot Target is Yes. Following message is displayed. 2. Press F6 and set Connection Status to Disconnected at the setting menu in step 9 of Boot device setting on page 9-9. Note: All the contents of iSCSI Target setting are deleted by DEL. iSCSI settings 9-15 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Tip: Connection Status is back to Connected by F5. 3. Select Save and reboot a server blade by following step 10 and 11 of Boot device setting on page 9-9. Disconnecting data device Note: Connection or disconnection of iSCSI Target device can be also set by One CommandManager.(See OneCommandManager Guide for details.) In the case that Target is set to Connect by OneCommandManager, iSCSI Target is restored when OS rebooted even if disconnected by iSCSISelect Utility. Disconnection by OneCommandManager is required after disconnection by Utility. See the description of "Disconnecting an iSCSI Device" in OneCommandManager Guide for details. 1. Press F6 and set Connection Status to Disconnected at the setting menu in step 7 of Data device setting on page 9-12. Note: All the contents of iSCSI Target setting are deleted by DEL. Tip: Connection Status is back to Connected by F5. 2. Select Save and reboot a server blade by following step 9 and 10 of Data device setting on page 9-12. 9-16 iSCSI settings Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 10 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) This chapter describes fibre channel over Ethernet, hereinafter referred to as FCoE. □ Setting Personality □ Connecting to FCoE device for booting Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) 10-1 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Setting Personality Setting procedure of Personality The setting procedure of Personality is described in this section. The personality setting makes each port of the card to be FCoE port or NIC port. 1. Start PXESelect(TM) Utility. When the message of Press for PXESelect(TM) Utility is displayed in the following window during the server blade booting process, press Ctrl and P key simultaneously. 2. Select a controller in Controller Selection Menu with arrow keys, ↓and ↑, and press Enter. Tip: The Bus/Dev number of the controller changes by the number of the I/O device on the server blade. 3. Select Personality with Tab and FCoE with arrow keys, ↓and ↑. press Enter. 10-2 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Table 10-1 Controller configuration Default Setting item Selectable value Contents value MultiChannel Disable Disable MultiChannel function is Enabled Support Enable or Disabled. Advanced Disable Disable This item cannot be changed. ModeSupport Enable Use the default value:Disable. Personality NIC NIC NIC: NIC only iSCSI iSCSI: NIC+iSCSI FCoE FCoE: NIC+FCoE 4. Select Save with arrow keys, and press Enter. 5. Press the Y key, and the system automatically reboots. Connecting to FCoE device for booting Setting for FCoE boot (FCoE BIOS) This section describes the procedure to connect to FCoE boot device (FCoE BIOS). Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) 10-3 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 1. Press Ctrl and E key simultaneously in this window. 2. Select the port that is set to be boot target, and press Enter. 3. Select Enable/Disable Boot from SAN, and press Enter. 10-4 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 4. Select Enable, and press Enter. Boot BIOS is: Disabled is changed to Boot BIOS is: Enabled. 5. Select Configure Boot Device, and press Enter. Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) 10-5 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 6. Select Unused column in the list, and press Enter. 7. The information of the disk array ports that are connected to the CNA is displayed, select the port to be boot target, and press Enter. 10-6 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 8. Input the starting LUN, and press Enter. Note: The starting LUN on this process must be 00. 9. Select a LUN to be boot target, and press Enter. Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) 10-7 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Note: The LUN to be boot target must be 00. 10. Select Boot this device via WWPN, and press Enter. 11. Check the selected list status is Used, and the WWPN value is input, and press Esc several times. 12. Press Y key to the following message. The system reboots. 13. The boot target information will be displayed in the following screen after rebooting if the above-mentioned setup is correct. 10-8 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Canceling procedure of FCoE boot setting (FCoE BIOS) This section describes the canceling procedure of FCoE boot setting. 1. In the window of the procedure step 11 in Setting for FCoE boot (FCoE BIOS), select the boot device, and press Enter. 2. Select Clear selected boot entry!!, and press Enter. Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) 10-9 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 3. Check that the boot device is deleted. 4. Press Esc to return to the previous menu. In the menu of the procedure step 4 in Setting for FCoE boot (FCoE BIOS), select Disable, and press Enter. Boot BIOS is: Enabled is changed to Boot BIOS is: Disabled. 10-10 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 5. Press Esc several times, and press Y key in the following window. The System reboots. Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) 10-11 Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide 10-12 Fibre channel over Ethernet (FCoE) Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Hitachi Compute Blade 500 Series EFI User's Guide Hitachi Data Systems Corporate Headquarters 2845 Lafayette Street Santa Clara, California 95050-2639 U.S.A. www.hds.com Regional Contact Information Americas +1 408 970 1000 [email protected] Europe, Middle East, and Africa +44 (0)1753 618000 [email protected] Asia Pacific +852 3189 7900 [email protected] MK-91CB500024-11 for iSCSISelect(TM) Utility is displayed in the bottom of the window, press Ctrl + S.